{"title":"Indian Return Gifts \u0026 Pooja Favours","description":"\u003cp\u003eReturn gifts are the small things handed to guests as they leave a pooja, a wedding or a housewarming — the Indian custom of not letting anyone go empty-handed. The difficulty in the US is quantity: you need twenty of something that does not feel like a token. Sixty-nine pieces here, sold as sets and singles, shipped from California so nothing has to come from India at the last minute.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do you need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnder $50, for larger guest counts.\u003c\/strong\u003e A wooden kumkum tikka box at $18, a hand-painted pen box at $35, Pichwai cow metal trays from $25, a set of ten Bandhani potli drawstring pouches at $48, Moroccan stained glass lanterns as a pair at $45, and several t-light holder sets from $42. The potli bags are the classic: a pouch each guest can take, and you fill them yourself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e$50 to $100, for a smaller list.\u003c\/strong\u003e Wooden tissue box holders, wine bottle boxes in red and green, a giraffe or bird pair, a set of four reversible Patola brocade mats, hand-painted wall plates at $45, and gold-finish urli sets. Substantial enough to be the gift rather than an addition to one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOver $100, as a single gift.\u003c\/strong\u003e Brass and antique silver: a Ganesha statue, a Kamdhenu cow with calf, samai oil lamps, a Raksha Bandhan pooja thali set, engraved urli bowls, and a set of five brass mini urlis at $90 that works as either one gift or five.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying in bulk.\u003c\/strong\u003e The sets of ten — potli bags, mini urlis, t-light holders — are the ones designed for a guest list rather than a person. Order early for Diwali; these are the items that go out of stock first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOccasions these are bought for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGriha pravesh and housewarmings, Satyanarayan Puja, Varalakshmi Vratam, Ganesh Chaturthi, Janmashtami, Navratri and Golu, Raksha Bandhan, Diwali, weddings, mehndi and haldi functions, baby showers and naming ceremonies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you offer bulk pricing?\u003c\/strong\u003e The sets are already priced as sets — a set of ten potli bags at $48 works out under $5 each. For quantities beyond what a listing offers, contact us before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs gift wrapping included?\u003c\/strong\u003e Items ship in protective packaging rather than gift wrap. The potli bags are themselves the wrapping for smaller favours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow far ahead should I order?\u003c\/strong\u003e For Diwali and wedding season, several weeks. We pack and hand orders to the carrier every day, including weekends and holidays, but the bulk sets sell through and restocking from India is not quick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I mix items across a guest list?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, and it is common — a larger gift for close family and a potli or kumkum box for everyone else.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the metal items food safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e The brass items are made for dry use — prasad, dry spices, decorative purposes. Nothing here is intended for wet or acidic food. The wall plates are decorative only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo these arrive assembled?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Everything ships ready to give.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free and insured across the USA and Canada from San Ramon, California. We pack and hand orders to the carrier every day, including weekends and holidays. Handmade in India.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlso worth seeing: \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/diwali-diyas-tlights\"\u003eDiwali Diyas \u0026amp; T-Light Holders\u003c\/a\u003e for bulk sets, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-brass-decor\"\u003eBrass Decor\u003c\/a\u003e for single gifts, and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Indian Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"walking-ambabari-elephant-silver-statue","title":"Walking Ambabari Elephant | 10-Inches Antique Silver Set","description":"\u003cp\u003eAn ambabari is the canopied seat carried on an elephant's back in Rajasthani processions — a small domed pavilion with its own roof and pillars. This pair of walking elephants carries one each, engraved down to the headdress, the body mat and the canopy fringe, and stands 10 inches tall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as a pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 10 inches. Length: 7.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 2,084 g for the pair (approx. 4.6 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: aluminium, plated and oxidised to an antique silver finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecoration: engraved ambabari howdah, headdress, ear plates and body mat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot dishwasher safe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA pair, walking, facing each other.\u003c\/strong\u003e Bought singly an elephant is an ornament; a facing pair reads as an entrance, which is how these are traditionally placed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe howdah is a separate structure, not a bump on the back.\u003c\/strong\u003e Pillars, a domed roof and a fringe, all engraved.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed where it counts.\u003c\/strong\u003e The headdress, the ear plates and the body mat each carry their own pattern rather than sharing one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium, so you can actually place them.\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,084 g for the pair — light enough to sit on a shelf or a mandir ledge without worrying about the shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout the metal\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are aluminium, plated and oxidised to antique silver, which is different from the brass and copper pieces elsewhere in this range. It is a deliberate choice for a sculpture at this size: brass elephants of the same dimensions would weigh three times as much and cost several times more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn entryway console, the two facing each other\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEither side of a mandir or a shrine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA mantelpiece or a bookshelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA wedding or reception welcome table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA study or an office, where a pair of elephants reads as a collected object\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElephants are the safest animal to give in Indian decor — auspicious, universally liked, and not tied to any one deity or region, so you do not need to know the recipient's tradition. A facing pair suits a housewarming or griha pravesh, a wedding, an anniversary and a new business. Plain packaging with no price on it. Ordering several pairs for an event or corporate gifting — get in touch first and we will confirm stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this one elephant or two?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo. The price is for the pair, and they are made to face each other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an ambabari?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe canopied seat strapped to an elephant's back for processions and royal parades in Rajasthan — sometimes called a howdah. On these statues it is modelled as a small domed pavilion with pillars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy are they?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2,084 g for the pair, so a bit over a kilo each. They sit on an ordinary shelf without any concern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this German silver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. German silver — also sold as nickel silver — is a copper, nickel and zinc alloy that contains no silver in it at all. This pair is aluminium, plated and then oxidised to the antique silver finish. Aluminium is why a 10-inch elephant weighs what it does rather than being a two-hand lift, and it is the reason a pair this size sits at $115 rather than several hundred.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they solid or hollow?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCast hollow, as sculptures at this size normally are. That is what keeps the weight sensible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the two identical?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are a mirrored pair, made to face inward. Small variations in the engraving are normal on handmade pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. Do not put it in the dishwasher and do not use abrasive scourers or acidic cleaners — they will cut through the plating. Between uses, store it in a sealed plastic bag; that slows tarnishing more than anything else you can do.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it tarnish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSilver plating darkens over time, and the antique finish is designed to sit in the recesses and deepen the pattern as it does. That is the intended look. If you want it brighter, a light buff with a dry cloth on the raised areas will lift it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the rest of the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/german-silver-housewarming-decor\"\u003eAntique Silver\u003c\/a\u003e range, or our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41497475678259,"sku":"silver-elephant-set","price":115.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/Elephant-AntiqueSilver7.jpg?v=1734316909"},{"product_id":"antique-silver-leaves-kalash","title":"7-Inches Kalash Leaves Design | Antique Silver Lota","description":"\u003cp\u003eA kalash is the pot placed at the centre of a puja, filled with water and topped with mango leaves and a coconut. This one is copper, 7 inches tall, engraved all over with leaves and vines and standing on a pedestal foot. It is the heavier of our two kalash despite being the shorter — copper is denser than brass, and you feel it when you pick it up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 7 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOuter diameter: 6.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 820 g (approx. 1.8 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: copper, nickel-plated and oxidised to an antique silver finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecoration: engraved leaves and vines; medallion on the base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBase: pedestal foot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot dishwasher safe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e820 g (approx. 1.8 lb) in a 7-inch pot.\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavier than the taller elephant kalash, which is what copper does. It sits solidly with water and a coconut on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCopper underneath\u003c\/strong\u003e — the metal traditionally used for ritual water vessels — nickel-plated and oxidised so the antique silver settles into the engraving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEngraved, not stamped.\u003c\/strong\u003e The leaf and vine work is cut into the surface and runs right around the body, with a medallion worked into the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePedestal foot.\u003c\/strong\u003e It stands on a raised base rather than sitting flat, which lifts it on a thali and keeps the bottom dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe make the kalash in two designs, near enough the same size:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/7-kalash-lota-elephant-design-antique-silver\"\u003e7.5-inch elephant kalash\u003c\/a\u003e — brass, elephants and flowers in relief, $140\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe centre of a puja thali for Kalash Sthapana\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA griha pravesh or housewarming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA home mandir, kept filled between ceremonies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVaralakshmi Vratam, Navratri and Satyanarayan Puja\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolding peacock feathers or lotus stems as everyday decor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe safe choice for a griha pravesh, because a kalash is what people traditionally bring to a new home and almost every household will use one. It also suits a wedding, Varalakshmi Vratam and Navratri. Plain packaging, no price on it. Ordering several for a temple or an event — get in touch first and we will confirm stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill mango leaves and a coconut sit on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The mouth is wide enough to seat a ring of leaves and a standard coconut on top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I fill it with water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Empty and dry it the same day rather than leaving water standing in it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is the smaller one heavier?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBecause this one is copper and the 7.5-inch elephant kalash is brass. Copper is the denser metal, so you get more weight in less height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this German silver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot literally, and we would rather say so plainly. German silver — also sold as nickel silver — is a copper, nickel and zinc alloy that contains no silver in it at all. This piece is copper, nickel-plated and then oxidised so the darkening settles into the recesses of the engraving. A lot of this category gets sold as German silver regardless of what is actually underneath, so it is worth knowing which you are buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a lota or a kalash?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth words are used for this shape. Kalash is the ritual name, lota the everyday one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it as a vase?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It holds peacock feathers, lotus stems and cut flowers well. Use a liner if you would rather not put water in it directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. Do not put it in the dishwasher and do not use abrasive scourers or acidic cleaners — they will cut through the plating. Between uses, store it in a sealed plastic bag; that slows tarnishing more than anything else you can do.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it tarnish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSilver plating darkens over time, and the antique finish is designed to sit in the recesses and deepen the pattern as it does. That is the intended look. If you want it brighter, a light buff with a dry cloth on the raised areas will lift it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the rest of the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/german-silver-housewarming-decor\"\u003eAntique Silver\u003c\/a\u003e range, or our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41497776619571,"sku":"silver-kalash-1","price":135.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/kalash-silver1.jpg?v=1771571405"},{"product_id":"11-inch-peacock-samai-lamps","title":"11-Inch Peacock Design Samai Oil Lamps (Pair)","description":"\u003cp\u003eA samai is the standing oil lamp lit at the start of a puja — a cup for oil and a wick on a turned stem, so the flame sits above the altar rather than on it. This pair stands 11 inches tall, engraved with peacocks, and is the table-height option in our lamp range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as a pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 11 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiya cup diameter: 5.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 844 g for the pair (approx. 1.9 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: brass, nickel-plated and oxidised to an antique silver finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecoration: engraved peacock and floral work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot dishwasher safe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold as a pair,\u003c\/strong\u003e which is how samai are traditionally used — one either side of the deity, not a single lamp off-centre.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e11 inches, which is mandir-shelf height.\u003c\/strong\u003e Tall enough to lift the flame clear of the offerings, short enough to fit under a shelf above.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePeacock engraving\u003c\/strong\u003e worked around the stem and the cup rather than applied as a separate ornament.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e844 g for the pair.\u003c\/strong\u003e Weighted at the foot so a lit lamp does not tip if the altar is knocked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree heights of lamp, all sold in pairs:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/antique-silver-oil-lamp-samai-with-peacock-and-elephant-base-traditional-home-decor\"\u003e16-inch elephant samai\u003c\/a\u003e — a pair, elephant base, $249\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/28-nilavilakku-oil-lamp-samai-with-peacock-antique-silver\"\u003e28-inch nilavilakku\u003c\/a\u003e — a pair, floor-standing, $525\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeight is the whole decision. Table lamps sit on a mandir shelf or an altar; the 28-inch stands on the floor beside a doorway or a shrine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA home mandir, one either side of the deity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA dining table for Diwali\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn entryway console, lit at dusk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKarthigai Deepam and Navratri\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA wedding or griha pravesh ceremony\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA pair of samai is one of the most traditional gifts for a new home, because lighting the first lamp is part of moving in. It suits griha pravesh, a wedding, Diwali and Karthigai Deepam. Plain packaging with no price on it. If you need several pairs for a temple or a community event, get in touch before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this one lamp or two?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo. The price is for the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat oil and wick do I use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSesame oil or ghee with a cotton wick is traditional; any lamp oil works. Fill the cup no more than about two thirds so it does not spill when the wick is lit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use a tealight instead of oil?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The cup is 5.5 inches across, so a tealight sits in it easily, though an oil flame is what the shape is designed for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it compare to your taller lamps?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis is the table one. The 16-inch elephant samai is a bigger version of the same idea, and the 28-inch nilavilakku stands on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this German silver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot literally, and we would rather say so plainly. German silver — also sold as nickel silver — is a copper, nickel and zinc alloy that contains no silver in it at all. This piece is brass, nickel-plated and then oxidised so the darkening settles into the recesses of the engraving. A lot of this category gets sold as German silver regardless of what is actually underneath, so it is worth knowing which you are buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the plating survive the heat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The flame sits in the cup and the temperature stays well below anything that would harm the finish. Wipe out oil residue once it has cooled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it after use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLet it cool, tip out any oil, and wipe with a soft dry cloth. Do not put it in the dishwasher and do not use abrasive scourers or acidic cleaners — they will cut through the plating. Store it in a sealed plastic bag between festivals; that slows tarnishing more than anything else you can do.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it tarnish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSilver plating darkens over time, and the antique finish is designed to sit in the recesses and deepen the pattern as it does. That is the intended look. If you want it brighter, a light buff with a dry cloth on the raised areas will lift it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the rest of the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/german-silver-housewarming-decor\"\u003eAntique Silver\u003c\/a\u003e range, or our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41498420281395,"sku":"silver-samai-peacock-pair","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/oillamp-antiquesilver7.jpg?v=1770693081"},{"product_id":"antique-silver-candle-holder-elegant-home-decor","title":"12-Inches Candle Holder Set | Antique Silver","description":"\u003cp\u003eA pair of 12-inch candlesticks in antique silver over brass, worked in relief from the domed foot to the dish at the top. They are not identical: one column carries a herringbone leaf pattern, the other a scrolling floral one, so the pair reads as two related pieces rather than a mirror image.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo candle holders, one of each pattern. 856 g for the pair, 12 inches tall, 4.75 inches across the base. The dish at the top takes a tealight or a pillar candle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe two are deliberately different.\u003c\/strong\u003e One herringbone, one floral. Stand them together and the difference is what makes them look collected rather than bought.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorked over the whole surface.\u003c\/strong\u003e Repoussé from the foot up through a fluted bulb to the column, with a wide dish at the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12 inches — proper candlestick height.\u003c\/strong\u003e Tall enough to sit on a dining table and be seen, without blocking the person opposite.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide domed feet\u003c\/strong\u003e that spread the weight, so a lit candle is not sitting on something that tips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as a pair, one herringbone and one floral\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBase diameter: 4.75 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 856 g for the pair (approx. 1.9 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: brass, nickel-plated and oxidised to an antique silver finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecoration: hand-worked repoussé, fluted bulb, domed foot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot dishwasher safe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA dining table, one at each end or both together\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA mantelpiece or a console\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA home mandir, either side of the deity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA wedding or reception table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChristmas and Diwali alike — the shape is not specific to either\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCandlesticks are an easy gift because almost every home has somewhere to put them, and a pair looks more considered than a single piece. This set suits a housewarming, a wedding, an anniversary, Diwali and Christmas. Plain packaging with no price on it. Buying several pairs for an event, get in touch before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this one candle holder or two?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo. The price is for the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they the same design?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, and it is intentional. One column is herringbone, the other floral. If you were expecting a matched pair, this is worth knowing before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTealights or pillar candles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEither. The top is a wide dish, so a tealight sits in it and a pillar stands on it. A taper would need a separate insert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill wax damage the finish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, but let it set and lift it off cold rather than scraping at it warm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this German silver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot literally, and we would rather say so plainly. German silver — also sold as nickel silver — is a copper, nickel and zinc alloy that contains no silver in it at all. This piece is brass, nickel-plated and then oxidised so the darkening settles into the recesses of the engraving. A lot of this category gets sold as German silver regardless of what is actually underneath, so it is worth knowing which you are buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow tall is 12 inches on a table?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout the height of a wine bottle, so the flame sits just above eye level for someone seated. It will not block conversation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. Do not put it in the dishwasher and do not use abrasive scourers or acidic cleaners — they will cut through the plating. Between uses, store it in a sealed plastic bag; that slows tarnishing more than anything else you can do.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it tarnish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSilver plating darkens over time, and the antique finish is designed to sit in the recesses and deepen the pattern as it does. That is the intended look. If you want it brighter, a light buff with a dry cloth on the raised areas will lift it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the rest of the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/german-silver-housewarming-decor\"\u003eAntique Silver\u003c\/a\u003e range, or our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41498431684659,"sku":"silver-candle-pair","price":150.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/AntiqueSilver-CandleHolder1.jpg?v=1741844691"},{"product_id":"antique-silver-pooja-thali-set","title":"Antique Silver Pooja Thali Set – Raksha Bandhan \u0026 Puja","description":"\u003cp\u003eA pooja thali is the tray a household keeps its ritual pieces on, so that everything needed for aarti comes out together. This is a five-piece set on a swastik-engraved tray with elephant heads for feet and a fringe of small bells hanging from the rim, in brass finished to antique silver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePieces: 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThali diameter: 11 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKalash: 3 inches. Bell: 5 inches. Lidded containers: 2 inches each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal weight: 922 g (approx. 2 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: brass, nickel-plated and oxidised to an antique silver finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecoration: floral repoussé, swastik centre medallion, elephant-head feet, bell fringe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot dishwasher safe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe tray alone is worth the shelf space.\u003c\/strong\u003e Deep floral repoussé over the whole face, a swastik in the centre medallion, and a border worked right to the edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElephant-head feet.\u003c\/strong\u003e Four of them, cast and applied, lifting the tray off the surface. Most thalis at this price sit flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA fringe of bells.\u003c\/strong\u003e Small bell drops hang all the way round the rim, so the tray sounds when it is lifted for aarti.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e922 g across the five pieces (approx. 2 lb).\u003c\/strong\u003e It has the weight of something that will be handed down rather than replaced.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the set\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThali plate: 11 inches, with elephant feet and a bell fringe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKalash: 3 inches, open\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBell: 5 inches, with an engraved handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo lidded containers: 2 inches each, for kumkum and haldi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive pieces in total. Nothing else to buy before your first aarti.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaksha Bandhan, holding the rakhi, roli, rice and sweets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA home mandir, as the everyday aarti tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiwali and Lakshmi Puja\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKarwa Chauth and Bhai Dooj\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA griha pravesh, where a complete set is the traditional thing to arrive with\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA complete thali set is one of the safer gifts in this category, because the recipient does not have to share your taste to use it. It is bought most for Raksha Bandhan, then griha pravesh, weddings and a first Diwali in a new home. Plain packaging with no price on it. For temples, community events or corporate festive gifting, get in touch before ordering and we will confirm stock against your date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pieces are there?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFive: the thali, the kalash, the bell and two lidded containers. Sizes are listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the symbol in the centre?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe svastika, an ancient mark of auspiciousness used in Hindu, Jain and Buddhist practice for several thousand years. It is drawn at thresholds and on ledgers across India and is unrelated to the twentieth-century European emblem that borrowed and tilted the form. Here it sits in the centre medallion inside the floral border.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the bells on the rim actually ring?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey chime softly when the tray is lifted or moved. They are decorative drops rather than a bell you would ring deliberately — the 5-inch handled bell in the set is for that.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid silver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, and that is deliberate. Solid silver at this size would cost many times more and would need polishing after every use. This is brass with the same look and none of the upkeep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this German silver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot literally, and we would rather say so plainly. German silver — also sold as nickel silver — is a copper, nickel and zinc alloy that contains no silver in it at all. This piece is brass, nickel-plated and then oxidised so the darkening settles into the recesses of the engraving. A lot of this category gets sold as German silver regardless of what is actually underneath, so it is worth knowing which you are buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for Raksha Bandhan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, that is what most buyers use it for. The thali holds the rakhi, roli, rice and sweets, the kalash takes water, and the two containers hold kumkum and haldi.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it food safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTreat it as a ritual set. Dry prasad and sweets on the thali are fine; we would not serve a meal from it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. Do not put it in the dishwasher and do not use abrasive scourers or acidic cleaners — they will cut through the plating. Between uses, store it in a sealed plastic bag; that slows tarnishing more than anything else you can do.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it tarnish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSilver plating darkens over time, and the antique finish is designed to sit in the recesses and deepen the pattern as it does. That is the intended look. If you want it brighter, a light buff with a dry cloth on the raised areas will lift it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the rest of the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/german-silver-housewarming-decor\"\u003eAntique Silver\u003c\/a\u003e range, or our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41498479591475,"sku":"silver-pooja-thali-swastik","price":120.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/RakshaBandhanThaliUrliUtsav.jpg?v=1741820807"},{"product_id":"golden-gate-bridge-string-art","title":"Golden Gate Bridge String Art - 24x12 Nail and Thread Wall Art","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Golden Gate Bridge in nail and thread: two towers, the main cable sweeping between them, the deck below, wound in the bridge's own orange-red across a 24 by 12 inch board. It is the only non-Indian subject in our range, and it exists because we ship everything from San Ramon, a few miles from the bridge itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e24 inches wide x 12 inches high\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 mm thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 1,875 g (approx. 4.1 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF board with nails and red thread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India, signed by the artist Ekta Thakur Sharma\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanging hooks fitted to the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArrives framed and ready to hang\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow it is made\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHundreds of nails are driven into a wooden board along the outline of the image, and coloured thread is then wound between them, pass after pass, until the density of the crossings builds the picture. Nothing is printed and nothing is glued down. The shading you see is thread laid more or less thickly, which is why the surface changes as you move past it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe suspension cables are the hard part. Each one is a straight run of thread between two nails, and the curve of the main cable only appears because dozens of straight lines are laid at shifting angles - the same trick that makes string art of a bridge more convincing than string art of almost anything else. 1,875 g (approx. 4.1 lb) on a rigid 10 mm board, in landscape format at two feet wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbove a media console, a desk, a bar cart or a hallway bench. The landscape shape suits the space over a sofa where a round piece would look stranded, and it is the natural gift for anyone who has lived in the Bay Area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe other string art pieces\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo more are made the same way, both 30 inches across: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/30-dia-handmade-ganesha-string-art-urli-utsav-nail-and-thread-wall-decor\"\u003eGanesha face\u003c\/a\u003e and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/30-dia-handmade-om-aum-string-art-urli-utsav-nail-and-thread-wall-decor\"\u003eOm (AUM) wheel\u003c\/a\u003e. All three are signed by the artist, Ekta Thakur Sharma.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHanging it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHooks are fitted to the back. Fix into a stud or a drywall anchor rated for the weight; a plain picture nail will not hold. Screws and wall anchors are not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust occasionally with a soft dry brush or a low-suction vacuum brush attachment. Keep water and cleaning sprays away from the threads - they will mark and sag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colour is the thread?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nRed, close to the bridge's own international orange. It reads brighter in daylight and deeper under warm indoor light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the image printed on the board?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. The board is the backdrop and every line you see is thread wound between nails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it signed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Each piece is signed by the artist, Ekta Thakur Sharma.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan a thread come loose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe winding is tensioned and anchored on nails, so a single strand cannot unravel the piece. If a loop is knocked out of place it can be eased back with a fingertip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n1,875 g, about 4.1 lb - the lightest of the three string art pieces. A rated drywall anchor is enough; a plain picture nail is not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this an officially licensed Golden Gate Bridge product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. It is an original handmade artwork of a public landmark, with no affiliation to the bridge authority.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it work as a leaving or relocation gift?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThat is what most of them are bought for - people leaving the Bay Area, or arriving. It also does well as a corporate gift for Bay Area offices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so measure your wall first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor hospitality, restaurants, stores or corporate gifting, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote you for a bulk order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Wall pieces travel flat in a rigid box with corner protection. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-handcrafted-wall-arts\"\u003eIndian Handcrafted Wall Art collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42331907063859,"sku":"threadart-goldengate","price":90.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/GoldenGate3.jpg?v=1740864244"},{"product_id":"30-inch-ganesha-string-art","title":"30-Inch Ganesha String Art - Handmade Nail and Thread Wall Art","description":"\u003cp\u003eGanesha is the elephant-headed deity invoked at the start of anything new - a house, a business, a journey - because he is the remover of obstacles. This is his face rendered in nail and thread: two and a half feet across, the features wound in tan and brown thread, set inside a mandala of coloured petals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 inch diameter - two and a half feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 mm thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 4,840 g (approx. 10.7 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF board with nails and coloured thread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India, signed by the artist Ekta Thakur Sharma\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanging hooks fitted to the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArrives framed and ready to hang\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow it is made\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHundreds of nails are driven into a wooden board along the outline of the image, and coloured thread is then wound between them, pass after pass, until the density of the crossings builds the picture. Nothing is printed and nothing is glued down. The shading you see is thread laid more or less thickly, which is why the surface changes as you move past it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo and a half feet across and 4,840 g - about 10.7 lb, the heaviest wall piece we sell after the three-foot mandala mirrors. Almost all of that weight is nails. It is also the only Ganesha in the range that is not painted, carved or cast, which is the point: at a distance the face reads as shaded portraiture, and up close it dissolves into thread. The board is fireproof-grade MDF and the piece arrives framed and ready to hang.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbove a pooja altar or mandir, on an entry wall facing the front door, behind a Ganesh Chaturthi setup, in a yoga room, or over a fireplace. At thirty inches it needs a clear wall - do not put it inside a gallery grouping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe other string art pieces\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo more are made the same way: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/30-dia-handmade-om-aum-string-art-urli-utsav-nail-and-thread-wall-decor\"\u003eOm (AUM) wheel\u003c\/a\u003e in the same 30-inch size, and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/24x12-handmade-golden-gate-bridge-string-art-san-francisco-nail-and-thread-wall-decor\"\u003eGolden Gate Bridge\u003c\/a\u003e in landscape format. All three are signed by the artist, Ekta Thakur Sharma.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHanging it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHooks are fitted to the back. Fix into a stud or a drywall anchor rated for the weight; a plain picture nail will not hold. Screws and wall anchors are not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust occasionally with a soft dry brush or a low-suction vacuum brush attachment. Keep water and cleaning sprays away from the threads - they will mark and sag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow large is it really?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThirty inches across - two and a half feet. Cut a 30-inch circle from newspaper and tape it up before ordering. Round pieces read larger on a wall than they do in a photograph.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the thread cotton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is coloured craft thread wound over steel nails. Colours are as photographed; because each piece is wound by hand the density varies slightly between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it signed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Each piece is signed by the artist, Ekta Thakur Sharma.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan a thread come loose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe winding is tensioned and anchored on nails, so a single strand cannot unravel the piece. If a loop is knocked out of place it can be eased back with a fingertip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n4,840 g, about 10.7 lb. Both hooks should go into studs or into anchors rated for that weight. This is a two-person job to hang.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need a frame or glass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. It arrives framed and ready to hang, and it is meant to be seen without glass - the texture is the point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for a Ganesh Chaturthi backdrop?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. It also works for griha pravesh and Diwali setups, and it stays up year-round rather than being a seasonal piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so measure your wall first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor hospitality, restaurants, stores or corporate gifting, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote you for a bulk order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Wall pieces travel flat in a rigid box with corner protection. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-handcrafted-wall-arts\"\u003eIndian Handcrafted Wall Art collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42332534439987,"sku":"threadart-ganesha","price":175.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/ganesha-threadwallart2_1.jpg?v=1774846515"},{"product_id":"18-inch-lippan-wall-art","title":"18-Inch Lippan Wall Art - Mud and Mirror Mosaic, 7 Designs","description":"\u003cp\u003eLippan kaam is the mud-and-mirror relief work of Kutch in Gujarat, made for centuries by Rabari women on the inside walls of their homes: clay worked into raised patterns with the fingers, then set with abhla - small mirrors - so a single oil lamp lights the whole room. What you are buying is that technique on a board, hand-worked in India by artisans in Bangalore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e18 inch diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 mm board thickness, with raised clay relief above it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 1,100 g (approx. 2.4 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF board with hand-worked clay relief and glass mirror inlay\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in Bangalore, India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBack hook fitted - light enough for a pushpin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice is per panel - choose one design above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThese seven\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYashodha\u003c\/strong\u003e - Yashoda cradling the infant Krishna, mustard ground, mirrored diamond border\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKrishna\u003c\/strong\u003e - Krishna at the flute in a peacock-feather crown, mustard centre, blue-teal border\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBalaji\u003c\/strong\u003e - Lord Venkateswara of Tirupati, dark green ground, gold crown, lotus-petal border\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKathakali\u003c\/strong\u003e - the green pacha face of the Kerala dance-drama, orange ground with white kolam work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShiva\u003c\/strong\u003e - Shiva with the crescent moon, white, gold and navy lotus-petal border\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuddha\u003c\/strong\u003e - the Buddha seated among pink lotuses, blue ground, teal border\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGanesha\u003c\/strong\u003e - Ganesha in green with a red and gold headdress on dark blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSix deities and one dancer. They are painted in different palettes on purpose, so two or three hung together do not read as repeats of the same picture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e18 inches across at 1,100 g (approx. 2.4 lb) on a 6 mm board - light enough that a heavy-duty pushpin holds it, which is unusual for a piece this size and matters if you rent. The relief is what you are paying for: run a finger over the face and it is raised, not painted flat, with each mirror pressed into the clay individually.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbove a mandir or pooja shelf, on an entry wall, over a console, or in a row of three along a stair. The mirrors do their work under a downlight or a lamp rather than in flat daylight, so think about where the light in the room actually falls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe other Lippan sizes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmaller and plainer: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/16-dia-handmade-generic-lippan-wall-art-5-generic-designs-to-choose-from\"\u003e16-inch dot mandala Lippan\u003c\/a\u003e in five colours, which mixes well with these. Larger: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/23x23-white-ganesha-lippan-wall-art\"\u003e23x23-inch white Ganesha panel\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust with a dry, soft cloth or a soft brush - the raised relief holds dust in the grooves. Do not use water or spray cleaner on the clay work. If you want the mirrors bright, wipe them individually with a barely damp corner of the cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Lippan art?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMud-and-mirror relief work from Kutch in Gujarat, traditionally done by Rabari women on the interior walls of their homes. Clay is worked into raised patterns by hand and small mirrors are set into it. These panels use the same technique on a board so it can hang anywhere.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Kathakali a deity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo - Kathakali is the classical dance-drama of Kerala, and the green face is its heroic pacha make-up. It is the one design in the seven that is not a deity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Balaji the same as Venkateswara?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Balaji is the common North Indian name for Lord Venkateswara, the form of Vishnu at Tirupati.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the mirrors real glass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Each abhla is a small cut glass mirror set into the clay by hand while it is still workable. They are not printed, and they are not plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill mine look exactly like the photograph?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nClose, not identical. The relief is pressed out by hand and every mirror is placed individually, so the spacing and the line weight differ slightly from piece to piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the clay work chip?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt can if the panel is knocked hard against something, in the same way plasterwork can. In normal use on a wall it does not. Panels ship flat with corner protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I hang it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA hook is fitted to the back. At 1,100 g a heavy-duty pushpin or a small nail is enough - no anchors needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go outdoors or in a bathroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. It is clay relief on an MDF board. Damp softens the clay and swells the board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so measure your wall first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor hospitality, restaurants, stores or corporate gifting, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote you for a bulk order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Lippan panels travel flat in a rigid box with corner protection. If one arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-handcrafted-wall-arts\"\u003eIndian Handcrafted Wall Art collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Yashodha","offer_id":42334046683187,"sku":"lippan-ethnic-yashodha","price":170.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Krishna","offer_id":42334046715955,"sku":"lippan-ethnic-krishna","price":170.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Balaji","offer_id":42334046748723,"sku":"lippan-ethnic-balaji","price":170.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Kathakali","offer_id":42334046781491,"sku":"lippan-ethnic-kathakali","price":170.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Shiva","offer_id":42334085152819,"sku":"lippan-ethnic-shiva","price":170.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Buddha","offer_id":42334046814259,"sku":"lippan-ethnic-buddha","price":170.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ganesha","offer_id":42334046847027,"sku":"lippan-ethnic-ganesha","price":170.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/EthnicLippan-Ganesha2.jpg?v=1735872625"},{"product_id":"16-inch-lippan-dot-mandala-wall-art","title":"16-Inch Lippan Wall Art - Dot Mandala Mud \u0026 Mirror, 5 Colours","description":"\u003cp\u003eA lotus mandala worked in clay relief and mirror on a 16-inch disc: petals radiating from a central rosette, dot work between them, and a border of cut mirrors that catches the light. No deity, no figure - just the pattern, which is what makes these the ones people buy in threes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16 inch diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 mm board thickness, with raised clay relief above it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 890 g (approx. 1.96 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF board with hand-worked clay relief and glass mirror inlay\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in Bangalore, India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBack hook fitted - light enough for a pushpin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice is per panel - choose one colour above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat Lippan art is\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLippan kaam is the mud-and-mirror relief work of Kutch in Gujarat, made for centuries by Rabari women on the inside walls of their homes: clay worked into raised patterns with the fingers, then set with abhla - small mirrors - so a single oil lamp lights the whole room. What you are buying is that technique on a board, hand-worked in India by artisans in Bangalore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich colour\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreen\u003c\/strong\u003e - green and red petals on a gold centre with a blue diamond border\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYellow\u003c\/strong\u003e - teal and navy petals on a golden-yellow base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSky Blue\u003c\/strong\u003e - orange and yellow petals against a deep navy base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrange\u003c\/strong\u003e - teal and maroon petals with golden-yellow accents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePink\u003c\/strong\u003e - pink and teal petals, the softest of the five\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll five are the same mandala structure in different palettes, which is exactly why they hang well together. Two or three in a vertical run on a narrow wall is the arrangement that works best.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e890 g - under two pounds - on a 16-inch disc. A pushpin holds it, so you can hang three without drilling and rearrange them until the spacing is right. And unlike the deity panels this one carries no religious content, which makes it the piece to give to someone whose tradition you do not know.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOver a sofa in a run of three, on a stair wall, in a bedroom above the headboard, in an office, or interleaved with the deity Lippan panels to break them up. They also work as the quiet pieces in a gallery wall that already has one strong focal image.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe other Lippan pieces\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want a figure rather than a pattern, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/18-dia-handmade-ethnic-lippan-wall-art-12-ethnic-designs-to-choose-from\"\u003e18-inch deity panels\u003c\/a\u003e come in seven designs and are two inches larger, so a mixed group has some size variation. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/23x23-white-ganesha-lippan-wall-art\"\u003e23x23-inch white Ganesha\u003c\/a\u003e is the largest Lippan piece we make.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust with a dry, soft cloth or a soft brush - the raised relief holds dust in the grooves. Do not use water or spray cleaner on the clay work. If you want the mirrors bright, wipe them individually with a barely damp corner of the cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Lippan art?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMud-and-mirror relief work from Kutch in Gujarat, traditionally done by Rabari women on the interior walls of their homes. Clay is worked into raised patterns by hand and small mirrors are set into it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a religious piece?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. It is a lotus mandala - a pattern, not a deity. That is the difference between this listing and the 18-inch panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the mirrors real glass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Each abhla is a small cut glass mirror set into the clay by hand while it is still workable. They are not printed, and they are not plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill mine look exactly like the photograph?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nClose, not identical. The relief is pressed out by hand and every mirror is placed individually, so the spacing and the line weight differ slightly from piece to piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the clay work chip?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt can if the panel is knocked hard against something, in the same way plasterwork can. In normal use on a wall it does not. Panels ship flat with corner protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I hang three of them evenly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nLay them on the floor first and photograph the arrangement. At 890 g each you are using pushpins, so a mistake costs nothing but a pinhole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the colours match the photographs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nClosely. The mirrors pick up whatever light is in the room, so the same panel reads cooler in daylight and warmer under a lamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go outdoors or in a bathroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. It is clay relief on an MDF board. Damp softens the clay and swells the board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so measure your wall first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor hospitality, restaurants, stores or corporate gifting, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote you for a bulk order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Lippan panels travel flat in a rigid box with corner protection. If one arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-handcrafted-wall-arts\"\u003eIndian Handcrafted Wall Art collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":42334089248819,"sku":"lippan-generic-green","price":125.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow","offer_id":42334089314355,"sku":"lippan-generic-yellow","price":125.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sky Blue","offer_id":42334089347123,"sku":"lippan-generic-skyblue","price":125.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":42334089281587,"sku":"lippan-generic-orange","price":125.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":42334089379891,"sku":"lippan-generic-pink","price":125.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/LippanGenericGreen.jpg?v=1721111553"},{"product_id":"16-hand-painted-wooden-elephant-head-ethnic-wall-decor","title":"Wooden Elephant Head Wall Art - 17-Inch Hand-Carved, 6 Colours","description":"\u003cp\u003eAn elephant head mounted on a wall, carved from mango wood: trunk curled down and forward, ears spread wide and painted with mandala work in gold or white. It is the Indian answer to a farmhouse animal head - the same silhouette, none of the taxidermy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e17 inches high x 14.3 inches wide x 5 inches deep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 1,545 g (approx. 3.4 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMango wood, hand-carved and hand-painted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHead carved from a single block; ears carved separately and joined\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-painted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanging hook fitted to the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice is per head - choose one colour above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1,545 g (approx. 3.4 lb) of solid mango wood. The head is cut from a single block and the ears are carved separately and joined, which is why they can spread to 14.3 inches without being a flat cut-out - each ear has its own curve. That is also where the painting is: the mandala work runs across both ears and down the forehead, freehand, in gold on the dark colourways and in white on the mint and maroon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich colour\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue\u003c\/strong\u003e - royal blue with gold mandala work on the ears\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack\u003c\/strong\u003e - black with gold, the highest-contrast of the six\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMint Green\u003c\/strong\u003e - soft mint with teal ears and red trunk tips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYellow\u003c\/strong\u003e - marigold yellow with teal ears\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrown\u003c\/strong\u003e - a deep maroon oxblood with white detailing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNile Blue\u003c\/strong\u003e - a dark navy, almost black, with white detailing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGold detailing on Blue, Black and Yellow; white detailing on Mint Green, Brown and Nile Blue. Check the photographs - the colour names are the artisan's rather than a paint chart, and Brown in particular reads as maroon in the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEntryway walls, above a console or a bar, at the top of a stair, in a nursery, or centred over a fireplace. It projects five inches off the wall, so it needs somewhere people do not brush past it. Hung as a pair in two colours it reads as deliberate rather than decorative.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHanging it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hook is fitted to the back. At 1,545 g a rated drywall anchor or a stud is the right fixing - a plain picture nail is not enough for something that projects this far. Screws and anchors are not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust with a dry cloth, working into the ear carving with a soft brush. Wood does not like damp: keep it off bathroom walls and away from steam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this solid wood or resin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSolid mango wood, hand-carved. At 1,545 g for a 17-inch head the weight tells you - a resin or hollow cast of these dimensions would be a fraction of it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow far does it stick out from the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFive inches. Worth measuring in a hallway before you commit to a position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the ears attached or carved in one piece?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe head is one block; the ears are carved separately and fixed on. That is what lets them curve rather than sitting flat against the head.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs each one identical?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. Every head is carved and painted by hand, so the mandala work differs slightly from piece to piece even within one colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the elephant have a religious meaning here?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe elephant carries associations of strength and good fortune in Indian tradition, and Ganesha is elephant-headed. This piece is a decorative animal head, not a deity image.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go outdoors on a covered porch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe do not recommend it. Mango wood moves with humidity and the paint will lift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so check the dimensions against your wall first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor hospitality, restaurants, stores or corporate gifting, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote you for a bulk order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-handcrafted-wall-arts\"\u003eIndian Handcrafted Wall Art collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Blue","offer_id":42365038428211,"sku":"elephanthead-blue","price":80.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":42365038395443,"sku":"elephanthead-black","price":80.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Mint Green","offer_id":42394837024819,"sku":"elephanthead-mintgreen","price":80.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow","offer_id":42365038460979,"sku":"elephanthead-yellow","price":80.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":42365038493747,"sku":"elephanthead-brown","price":80.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Nile Blue","offer_id":42394700808243,"sku":"elephanthead-nileblue","price":80.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/ElphantHeadSet2.jpg?v=1740714316"},{"product_id":"hand-painted-wooden-pen-box","title":"Hand-Painted Wooden Pen Box - 9-Inch Rajasthani Hunt Scene","description":"\u003cp\u003eA long, slim mango wood box for pens and pencils, painted along its whole lid with a Rajasthani shikar - a hunt scene, the subject Rajput miniature painters returned to for centuries. Nine inches by one and three-quarters, with a floral border running down each side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e9.2 inches long x 1.7 inches wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 230 g (approx. 8.1 oz)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMango wood, hand-painted, with a lidded compartment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds pens, pencils and a small ruler\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice is per box - choose one colour above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePens are not included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is painted on it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maroon box carries a lion hunt; the green one a tiger. Both are painted in the miniature idiom - figures on horseback, the animal at bay, foliage filling the ground - compressed into a strip nine inches long and under two wide. That compression is the interesting part: the scene has to read at a glance from a desk, so the painter simplifies without losing the story.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e230 g of solid mango wood. Most desk pen boxes are moulded plastic or a resin cast pretending to be wood; this is turned and painted by hand, and the brush marks are visible if you tilt it to the light. Mango wood is the standard timber for painted Rajasthani woodwork: dense enough to carve and hold a hinge, and cut from trees at the end of their fruiting life rather than felled for timber, which is why it is the sustainable choice in Indian craft.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich colour\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrown\u003c\/strong\u003e - a deep maroon ground with a lion hunt on the lid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreen\u003c\/strong\u003e - a deep green ground with a tiger hunt on the lid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth have the same gold and floral side borders. The maroon reads warmer on a wooden desk; the green is the higher-contrast of the two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a desk, in a drawer, on a study shelf, or in a bag. It is the size of a pencil case and does the same job, but it is the object on the desk people pick up and ask about.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTeacher appreciation, a graduation, a birthday for someone who writes with a fountain pen, or a return gift at a function where the guests are adults rather than children. It also works as a corporate desk gift - it is the right price point and it is not branded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. Keep water and cleaning sprays off the painted surface, and do not soak it. Painted mango wood does not like standing damp or direct all-day sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the scene on the lid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA Rajasthani shikar, or hunt - a lion hunt on the maroon box and a tiger hunt on the green. It is a traditional subject in Rajput miniature painting rather than a specific historical event.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pens does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is 9.2 inches long and 1.7 wide, so a handful of pens and pencils lying flat - not a bundle standing upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Brown one actually brown?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt photographs and reads as a deep maroon rather than a mid-brown. Look at the pictures before choosing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a pen included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. The photographs show pens for scale; you get the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill mine look exactly like the photograph?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nClose, not identical. Every piece is painted freehand, so line weight and the exact placing of the motifs shift a little between pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWould this suit a child?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is a rigid wooden box with a painted finish, so it is better suited to a desk than a school bag. For younger children the finish will scuff.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order these in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes - this is one of the pieces people order in tens and twenties for functions. Email contact@urliutsav.com with your quantity and date and we will quote you and confirm timing before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee more gifting pieces in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-return-gifts\"\u003eIndian Return Gifts\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Brown","offer_id":42952911290419,"sku":"gift-pen-case-2","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":42952911323187,"sku":"gift-pen-case-1","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/ArtisticPenBox-Red5.jpg?v=1737347492"},{"product_id":"wooden-kumkum-box-4-inch","title":"Wooden Kumkum Box - 4-Inch Hand-Painted Tikka Box, 3 Colours","description":"\u003cp\u003eA kumkum box - kumkum bharani - is the small lidded pot that holds the vermilion and turmeric used to mark a tilak on the forehead. It sits on the pooja shelf, comes out at every aarti, and is handed to guests at weddings and housewarmings. This one is turned from mango wood, four inches across, and painted by hand in three finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 inch diameter, with a lift-off lid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 100 g (approx. 3.5 oz)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMango wood, hand-painted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice is per box - choose one finish above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKumkum and turmeric are not included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the least expensive thing we make that still looks handmade, which is the whole reason it works as a return gift. The paint is applied freehand over turned mango wood - gold line work over a coloured ground on the green and red, cream floral over dark wood on the antique. Nothing about it is printed or transferred. Mango wood is the standard timber for painted Rajasthani woodwork: dense enough to carve and hold a hinge, and cut from trees at the end of their fruiting life rather than felled for timber, which is why it is the sustainable choice in Indian craft.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreen\u003c\/strong\u003e - deep green ground with gold trim and line work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed\u003c\/strong\u003e - the traditional colour for a kumkum box, gold trim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAntique\u003c\/strong\u003e - dark natural wood with cream floral painting, the quietest of the three\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed is the one people buy for their own pooja shelf. Green and antique are the ones that get bought in bulk for functions, because they read less specifically religious and work as a trinket or ring box for a guest who does not use kumkum.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the pooja shelf or inside the mandir, in a thali for aarti, on a dressing table for rings and studs, or on a desk for paper clips. At four inches it takes up almost no room, which is why people end up with several.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the return gift. Weddings, griha pravesh, Diwali, Karva Chauth, Varalakshmi Vratam, baby showers - it is small enough to hand to every guest, inexpensive enough to buy fifty of, and traditional enough that nobody has to explain it. Many customers fill them with kumkum, haldi or sweets before giving them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. Keep water and cleaning sprays off the painted surface, and do not soak it. Painted mango wood does not like standing damp or direct all-day sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a kumkum box used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nHolding kumkum - the red vermilion powder used for the tilak - and often haldi, turmeric, alongside it. It lives on the pooja shelf and comes out for aarti and for marking guests at weddings and festivals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with kumkum in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. You get the empty box. Most people fill it themselves before giving it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the lid tight enough to travel with powder in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is a lift-off lid, not a screw or a seal. It holds powder on a shelf, but tape it or bag it if it is going in a suitcase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow small is it, really?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFour inches across - about the size of a teacup saucer, and 100 g in the hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it hold anything other than kumkum?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. People use them for rings, earrings, saffron, small sweets and supari. It is a lidded wooden box; the name is what it is traditionally for, not a restriction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill mine look exactly like the photograph?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nClose, not identical. Every piece is painted freehand, so line weight and the exact placing of the motifs shift a little between pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the antique one painted or just stained?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nPainted. The wood is left dark and the floral work is applied in cream on top of it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order these in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes - this is one of the pieces people order in tens and twenties for functions. Email contact@urliutsav.com with your quantity and date and we will quote you and confirm timing before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee more gifting pieces in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-return-gifts\"\u003eIndian Return Gifts\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":42365662298163,"sku":"kumkum-box-green","price":18.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":42365662330931,"sku":"kumkum-box-red","price":18.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Antique","offer_id":42365662363699,"sku":"kumkum-box-antique","price":18.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/kumkumbox6.jpg?v=1736404947"},{"product_id":"12-handpainted-wooden-horse-table-decor-ethnic","title":"Wooden Horse - 12-Inch Hand-Painted Rajasthani Figure","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe horse is Rajasthan's folk animal. It carries Ramdevji, the state's most widely worshipped folk deity; it is left as a votive offering at his shrines in clay and in wood; and it turns up carved, painted and embroidered across the whole region. This is that horse in mango wood - twelve inches long, hand-carved, and painted with a floral saddle blanket over a single strong ground colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 inches long x 11 inches wide, as measured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 740 g (approx. 1.6 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMango wood, hand-carved and hand-painted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStands unaided on a level surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice is per horse - choose one colour above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e740 g of solid mango wood. The saddle blanket is where the painting concentrates: a floral panel over the flank, a bridle picked out along the head, and fine line work down the legs. It is laid on freehand, so the flowers differ from horse to horse even inside one colour. Carved in the round, not pressed - the mane and the tail stand away from the body.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTwelve inch or ten inch?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe make this horse in two sizes. The twelve-inch is the one that holds a console or a mantel on its own; the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/10-inch-handpainted-wooden-horse-table-decor\"\u003eten-inch\u003c\/a\u003e is lighter and cheaper and works better in a pair, on a bookshelf, or beside something larger. Both come in the same six colours, so a twelve and a ten in the same colour make a natural mother-and-foal grouping - which is how most people who buy two end up arranging them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich colour\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed\u003c\/strong\u003e - the traditional festival colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrange\u003c\/strong\u003e - marigold, the brightest of the six\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurple\u003c\/strong\u003e - deep violet with contrast floral work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue\u003c\/strong\u003e - mid blue, the easiest in a modern room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGray\u003c\/strong\u003e - the most neutral, and the one that suits a room with no other Indian decor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack\u003c\/strong\u003e - black ground with the floral saddle in full contrast\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA console, a mantel, an entryway table, a bookshelf, or a child's room. It also works on a dining table as an alternative to flowers, since it does not block sightlines the way a tall centerpiece does. Two facing each other on a sideboard is the arrangement that reads most deliberately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHousewarming, griha pravesh, a new business - the horse carries associations of forward movement and good fortune, which is why it is a common gift at a beginning. Also a straightforward gift for a child, and a Rajasthani souvenir for anyone who has travelled there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth, working into the carved detail with a soft brush. Keep water and cleaning sprays off the painted surface. Painted mango wood does not like standing damp or direct all-day sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is the horse such a common Rajasthani motif?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBecause of Ramdevji, the folk deity of western Rajasthan, who is shown riding one. Clay and wooden horses are left at his shrines as offerings, and the form spread from there into everyday craft.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it compared with the ten-inch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTwo inches longer and about 270 g heavier - 740 g against 470 g. The difference on a shelf is more noticeable than the numbers suggest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it stand steadily?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. It is carved with all four legs on a level plane and it does not need a base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSolid mango wood, carved in the round. Nothing hollow or resin-cast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill mine look exactly like the photograph?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nClose, not identical. Every horse is carved and painted by hand, so the saddle flowers and the line work vary between pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it safe for a child's room?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is solid wood with no small removable parts, so as a shelf piece it is fine. It is not a toy - the painted finish will not survive being played with.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order these in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Email contact@urliutsav.com with your quantity and date and we will quote you and confirm timing before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee more of the range in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/handcrafted-table-decor\"\u003eTable \u0026amp; Shelf Decor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Purple","offer_id":42367559434291,"sku":"horse-12inch-purple","price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":42367559368755,"sku":"horse-12inch-red","price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":42367559335987,"sku":"horse-12inch-gray","price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":42367559401523,"sku":"horse-12inch-blue","price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":43464635678771,"sku":null,"price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":43464635711539,"sku":null,"price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/Horses2.jpg?v=1737351816"},{"product_id":"isar-gangaur-dolls-hand-painted","title":"Isar Gangaur Dolls - Hand-Painted Wooden Pair, 6 Colours","description":"\u003cp\u003eIsar and Gangaur are Shiva and Parvati as a married couple, and in Rajasthan they are made as a pair of standing wooden figures for the festival that carries her name. Women dress them, decorate them and carry them in procession through Chaitra, the fortnight after Holi. This is that pair: a 13-inch king and a 12-inch queen, carved from mango wood and painted by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIsar (king): 13.1 inches tall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGangaur (queen): 12.4 inches tall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 950 g for the pair (approx. 2.1 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMango wood, hand-carved and hand-painted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as a pair - one king and one queen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice is per pair - choose one colour above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat Gangaur is\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGangaur is Rajasthan's spring festival for Gauri - Parvati - and it runs for eighteen days from the day after Holi. Married women observe it for the long life of their husbands; unmarried women for a good one. The images of Isar and Gauri are washed, dressed in fresh clothes and jewellery, sung to, and finally carried to water on the last day. Jaipur's Gangaur procession, out of the City Palace, is the one people travel to see.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e950 g for the pair, in solid mango wood, standing 13.1 and 12.4 inches. The painting is where the work is: crowns, jewellery, the pleats of her lehenga and his jama, all laid in freehand over a single ground colour. Look at two boxes of the same colour side by side and the faces are subtly different people - that is a hand, not a mould. Six colours, and the pair always comes as a pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich colour\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed\u003c\/strong\u003e - the traditional festival colour, and the most-bought\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYellow\u003c\/strong\u003e - warm and bright, good against dark wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrange\u003c\/strong\u003e - the marigold shade, strong at Diwali\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue\u003c\/strong\u003e - the coolest of the six, easiest in a modern room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreen\u003c\/strong\u003e - deep and quiet, pairs well with the red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePink\u003c\/strong\u003e - the softest, and popular for a girl's room or a nursery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeveral of our customers buy two pairs in different colours and set them facing each other. Red and green is the combination that appears most often in the photographs on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere they go\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a console or a sideboard, either side of a lamp or a piece of wall art. On the pooja shelf during Gangaur and Teej. On a bookshelf, where the height difference between the two reads well against a row of spines. They also work in a child's room - they are figures rather than deities in the strict sense, and nothing about them is fragile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe obvious wedding gift: a married couple, given to a married couple, with the festival meaning attached. Also given at griha pravesh, at Gangaur and Teej, and as a Rajasthani souvenir for someone who has been there. They travel well - solid wood, no glass, no protruding parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. Keep water and cleaning sprays off the painted surface, and do not soak them. Painted mango wood does not like standing damp or direct all-day sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho are Isar and Gangaur?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIsar is Shiva and Gangaur is Gauri, or Parvati - Shiva and his consort, shown as a married couple rather than as deities in a temple pose. Gan-gaur is a compound of Gan, for Shiva, and Gaur, for Gauri.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a religious object?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is a folk representation rather than a consecrated murti. Households in Rajasthan do worship their Gangaur images during the festival, but these are sold as decorative figures and there is no consecration involved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I get both dolls?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. One king and one queen, in the colour you choose. They are not sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow tall are they really?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n13.1 inches for the king and 12.4 for the queen, so about the height of a large book standing up. Together they weigh just over two pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill mine look exactly like the photograph?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nClose, not identical. Every pair is painted freehand, so the faces, the jewellery and the border work differ a little between sets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo they stand on their own?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, both are carved with a flat base and stand unaided on a level surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is Gangaur?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt begins the day after Holi and runs eighteen days, so it falls in March or April depending on the year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order these in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes - they are a common wedding and function gift. Email contact@urliutsav.com with your quantity and date and we will quote you and confirm timing before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if they arrive damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace them or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If they arrive damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee more gifting pieces in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-return-gifts\"\u003eIndian Return Gifts\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Yellow","offer_id":42367726649395,"sku":"gangaur-yellow","price":70.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":42367726682163,"sku":"gangaur-red","price":70.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":42367726714931,"sku":"gangaur-blue","price":70.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":42410927325235,"sku":"gangaur-orange","price":70.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":42367726747699,"sku":"gangaur-green","price":70.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":42966075375667,"sku":"gangaur-pink","price":70.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/Gangaur1.jpg?v=1749287987"},{"product_id":"elephant-stool-side-table-red-blue","title":"Elephant Stool Side Table - Red \u0026 Blue Hand-Painted","description":"\u003cp\u003eA hand-carved mango wood elephant with a round table top across its back - fourteen inches high, eighteen across, and heavy enough to stay where you put it. It works as an end table, a nightstand or a plant stand, and it is the piece in the room people ask about.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. 14 inches high (13.8 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e13 inch round top\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e18 inches across at the widest point, ear to ear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 5,760 g (approx. 12.7 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolid mango wood, hand-carved and hand-painted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArrives assembled - nothing to build\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold singly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat an elephant stool is\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe carved elephant stool is a Rajasthani workshop staple - a low four-legged table with the animal's head, ears and trunk cut into the front and a round top across its back. It comes from the tradition of the caparisoned procession elephant, and it does the job of a side table while looking like nothing else in the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5,760 g - just under 13 lb - of solid mango wood. That weight is the whole argument: it does not shift when you put a mug down on it, it does not need levelling, and at 18 inches ear to ear it holds a lamp, a stack of books and a cup at the same time. The painting is applied freehand over the carving, so the mandala on the top and the detail on the ears differ from one stool to the next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeside a sofa or an armchair as an end table. As a bedside table in a room too narrow for a nightstand. Under a window as a plant stand. In an entryway holding keys and a lamp. In a nursery or a child's room, where the elephant is the point rather than the function. Two either side of a bed reads as deliberate; one on its own reads as found.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe rest of the family\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe same stool is made in two finishes. On the \u003cstrong\u003epainted\u003c\/strong\u003e versions the whole body is colour - these read as decor first. On the \u003cstrong\u003ewood-finish\u003c\/strong\u003e versions the body is left as bare mango wood and only the top and the saddle are painted - these read as furniture first and sit more quietly in a room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePainted bodies: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/elephant-stool-side-table-black\"\u003eblack body, three tops\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/elephant-stool-side-table-black-orange\"\u003eblack body, orange top\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/elephant-stool-side-table-white-red\"\u003ewhite body, red top\u003c\/a\u003e. Wood finishes: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/natural-wood-elephant-stool-boho-side-table-coffee-table\"\u003enatural wood, three tops\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/wooden-elephant-stool-14-inch-tall-boho-side-table-for-bed-living-room\"\u003edark brown wood, four tops\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. Keep water and cleaning sprays off the painted surface, and stand a wet glass on a coaster - the paint is hard-wearing but it is not a lacquered tabletop. Keep it out of direct all-day sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colours is this one?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA red body with a blue mandala top and floral work down the legs. It is the boldest of the four painted bodies and the one most often bought for weddings and event tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I sit on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe sell it as a side table and a plant stand, and we do not publish a load rating for it, so we will not tell you it is a seat. It is solid mango wood on four carved legs and it takes the weight of a lamp, books or a large planter without complaint. If you want something to sit on, look at the charpai rope stools in the same collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much will fit on the top?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe top is a 13 inch circle. A table lamp and a book, or a mug and a small plant, or a medium planter on its own. It is a side table rather than a coffee table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. It arrives as one carved piece with the top fitted. Take it out of the box and use it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes - solid mango wood, carved rather than assembled from panels. At 12.7 lb for a 14-inch stool the weight is the check.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill mine look exactly like the photograph?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nClose, not identical. The mandala on the top and the detail on the ears and legs are painted freehand, so no two stools match exactly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nOn a covered porch for an evening, yes. Not permanently - mango wood moves with humidity and the painted finish will lift if it is rained on or left damp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so measure your space first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes - they are ordered in pairs and in fours for events and hospitality. Email contact@urliutsav.com with your quantity and date and we will quote you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. The stool travels foam-secured and bubble-wrapped in a fragile-marked box. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee more of the range in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/handcrafted-table-decor\"\u003eTable \u0026amp; Shelf Decor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42396302442547,"sku":"code-104","price":140.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/ElephantStool-Red-Blue-11.jpg?v=1737886744"},{"product_id":"wine-box-case-elephant-carved-red","title":"Wine Bottle Box - Hand-Painted Carved Elephant, Red, 14-Inch","description":"\u003cp\u003eA standing wooden case that holds one bottle of wine, hand-painted in red and finished with a carved black elephant head on the front. Fourteen inches tall - the height of a wine bottle plus the base - so it presents the bottle upright rather than laying it flat in a drawer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14 inches high x 8.5 inches deep x 6 inches wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 2,010 g (approx. 4.4 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMango wood, hand-painted, with a carved elephant head applied to the front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds one standard wine bottle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWine is not included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2,010 g - four and a half pounds - of solid mango wood, which is what lets it stand up with a full bottle inside it without tipping. The elephant head is carved separately and fitted to the front panel, so it stands proud of the surface rather than being painted on. The rest is freehand painting: ethnic panel work over a red ground, different on every box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe pair\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the red one. The same box is also made in \u003ca href=\"\/products\/wine-box-case-elephant-carved-green\"\u003edeep green\u003c\/a\u003e. They are frequently bought together as a pair for a bar or a sideboard - two bottles, two colours, matching carving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a bar cart, a sideboard, a kitchen counter or a dining room shelf. Empty, it holds a rolled towel, utensils or long-stemmed dried flowers just as well. It is also the thing that makes a bottle of wine look like a considered gift rather than something picked up on the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe wine-gift problem, solved: put the bottle in the box and the gift is now a piece of decor the recipient keeps after the wine is gone. Housewarmings, Diwali, weddings, an anniversary, or a corporate gift where a bottle alone would feel thin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. Keep water and cleaning sprays off the painted surface, and do not soak it. Painted mango wood does not like standing damp or direct all-day sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many bottles does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nOne standard 750 ml bottle, standing upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill a champagne bottle fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nChampagne and sparkling bottles are wider at the base than a standard wine bottle. Measure yours against the 6-inch width before assuming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the elephant carved or moulded?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nCarved from wood and fixed to the front panel. Run a finger over it - the trunk and ears stand off the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a lid or a door?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is an open-topped standing case; the bottle sits in it and is visible. See the photographs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for something other than wine?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. It works as a utensil holder on a kitchen counter, a vase for tall dried stems, or a holder for rolled hand towels in a guest bathroom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill mine look exactly like the photograph?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nClose, not identical. Every box is painted freehand, so the panel work and line weight shift a little between pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order these in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes - they go out as corporate and wedding gifts. Email contact@urliutsav.com with your quantity and date and we will quote you and confirm timing before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee more of the range in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/handcrafted-table-decor\"\u003eTable \u0026amp; Shelf Decor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42396573499443,"sku":"winebox-red","price":65.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/winbox-red.jpg?v=1718433712"},{"product_id":"wine-box-case-elephant-carved-green","title":"Wine Bottle Box - Hand-Painted Carved Elephant, Green, 14-Inch","description":"\u003cp\u003eA standing wooden case that holds one bottle of wine, hand-painted in deep green and finished with a carved black elephant head on the front. Fourteen inches tall - the height of a wine bottle plus the base - so it presents the bottle upright rather than laying it flat in a drawer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14 inches high x 8.5 inches deep x 6 inches wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 2,010 g (approx. 4.4 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMango wood, hand-painted, with a carved elephant head applied to the front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds one standard wine bottle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWine is not included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2,010 g - four and a half pounds - of solid mango wood, which is what lets it stand up with a full bottle inside it without tipping. The elephant head is carved separately and fitted to the front panel, so it stands proud of the surface rather than being painted on. The rest is freehand painting: ethnic panel work over a green ground, different on every box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe pair\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the green one. The same box is also made in \u003ca href=\"\/products\/wine-box-case-elephant-carved-red\"\u003ered\u003c\/a\u003e. They are frequently bought together as a pair for a bar or a sideboard - two bottles, two colours, matching carving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a bar cart, a sideboard, a kitchen counter or a dining room shelf. Empty, it holds a rolled towel, utensils or long-stemmed dried flowers just as well. It is also the thing that makes a bottle of wine look like a considered gift rather than something picked up on the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe wine-gift problem, solved: put the bottle in the box and the gift is now a piece of decor the recipient keeps after the wine is gone. Housewarmings, Diwali, weddings, an anniversary, or a corporate gift where a bottle alone would feel thin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. Keep water and cleaning sprays off the painted surface, and do not soak it. Painted mango wood does not like standing damp or direct all-day sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many bottles does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nOne standard 750 ml bottle, standing upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill a champagne bottle fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nChampagne and sparkling bottles are wider at the base than a standard wine bottle. Measure yours against the 6-inch width before assuming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the elephant carved or moulded?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nCarved from wood and fixed to the front panel. Run a finger over it - the trunk and ears stand off the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a lid or a door?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is an open-topped standing case; the bottle sits in it and is visible. See the photographs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for something other than wine?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. It works as a utensil holder on a kitchen counter, a vase for tall dried stems, or a holder for rolled hand towels in a guest bathroom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill mine look exactly like the photograph?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nClose, not identical. Every box is painted freehand, so the panel work and line weight shift a little between pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order these in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes - they go out as corporate and wedding gifts. Email contact@urliutsav.com with your quantity and date and we will quote you and confirm timing before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee more of the range in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/handcrafted-table-decor\"\u003eTable \u0026amp; Shelf Decor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42396680060979,"sku":"winebox-green","price":65.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/winbox-green.jpg?v=1718434718"},{"product_id":"18-matki-dahihandi-lippan-wall-art","title":"Krishna Lippan Wall Art Medallions - 4 Mud \u0026 Mirror Designs","description":"\u003cp\u003eFour round Lippan medallions, each taking one image out of the Krishna story and giving it a disc of its own: the cow, the flute, the dancing feet, and the pot of butter. Sold one at a time in three sizes, so you can buy the single one that fits a gap or build the group the photographs show.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRound medallions in three sizes: 12 inch, 14 inch, 18 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeights from 570 g to 1,740 g depending on the design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF board with hand-worked clay relief and glass mirror inlay\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-made in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBack hook fitted - the 12 and 14 inch pieces are light enough for a pushpin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice is per medallion - choose one design above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat Lippan art is\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLippan kaam is the mud-and-mirror relief work of Kutch in Gujarat, made for centuries by Rabari women on the inside walls of their homes: clay worked into raised patterns with the fingers, then set with abhla - small mirrors - so a single oil lamp lights the whole room. What you are buying is that technique on a board, hand-worked in India.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe four designs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePichwaiCow\u003c\/strong\u003e - 12 inches, 570 g (approx. 1.3 lb). The cow of the Nathdwara Pichwai tradition, mirror mosaic border. The smallest and least expensive of the four\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKrishnaFlute\u003c\/strong\u003e - 14 inches, 840 g (approx. 1.9 lb). Two hands on the bansuri, the shorthand for Krishna without a portrait\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDancingFeet\u003c\/strong\u003e - 14 inches, 840 g (approx. 1.9 lb). Krishna's feet and the drape of his dhoti, anklets included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDahihandi\u003c\/strong\u003e - 18 inches, 1,740 g (approx. 3.8 lb). The clay pot of butter on a lotus base, the largest and heaviest of the four\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe price is per medallion.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each is a separate piece with its own hook, and the price shown changes with the design you select. Add several to the cart if you want the group.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich to buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuying one: the Dahihandi at 18 inches is the only one big enough to hold a wall alone. Buying two: the flute and the dancing feet are the same 14-inch size and read as a natural pair. Buying three or four: put the Dahihandi at the centre or the top, since it is four inches larger than the others, and cluster the rest around it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat the four designs mean\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDahihandi\u003c\/strong\u003e - the pot of curd and butter hung high, which Krishna and the gopas formed a human pyramid to reach. Re-enacted every Janmashtami\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKrishna's flute\u003c\/strong\u003e - the bansuri identifies Krishna the way no portrait needs to\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDancing feet\u003c\/strong\u003e - the raas, Krishna's dance with the gopis of Vrindavan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePichwai cow\u003c\/strong\u003e - the herd Krishna kept, and the recurring subject of the Nathdwara cloth paintings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbove a mandir, over a sofa, along a stair wall, or in the gap beside a doorway. A cluster of three or four at mixed sizes fills a wall better than one large piece, and because each has its own hook you can adjust the spacing after they are up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRelated Lippan\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe same subjects come as a matched three-panel set in the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/radha-krishna-lippan-indian-wall-art-pichwaicow-flute\"\u003eRadha Krishna Lippan set\u003c\/a\u003e. For deity portraits on a single round, see the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/18-dia-handmade-ethnic-lippan-wall-art-12-ethnic-designs-to-choose-from\"\u003e18-inch Lippan panels\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust with a dry, soft cloth or a soft brush - the raised relief holds dust in the grooves. Do not use water or spray cleaner on the clay work. If you want the mirrors bright, wipe them individually with a barely damp corner of the cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this one medallion or the whole group?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nOne. The photographs show them grouped because that is how most people hang them, but each design is priced and sold separately. Add several to the cart for a group.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Dahihandi?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe Janmashtami custom of hanging a pot of curd and butter high off the ground for young men to reach by building a human pyramid - a re-enactment of Krishna stealing butter as a child. The medallion shows the pot on a lotus base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy do the prices differ?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSize and the amount of relief work. The 12-inch cow is the least expensive, the two 14-inch designs sit in the middle, and the 18-inch Dahihandi is the most.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I hang them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEach has a hook on the back. At 570 to 840 g the 12 and 14 inch pieces take a heavy-duty pushpin. The 18-inch Dahihandi at 1,740 g wants a nail into a stud or a rated anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the mirrors real glass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Each abhla is a small cut glass mirror set into the clay by hand while it is still workable. They are not printed, and they are not plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill mine look exactly like the photographs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nClose, not identical. The relief is pressed out by hand and every mirror is placed individually, so spacing and line weight differ slightly from set to set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the clay work chip?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt can if a panel is knocked hard against something, in the same way plasterwork can. In normal use on a wall it does not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go outdoors or in a bathroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. It is clay relief on an MDF board. Damp softens the clay and swells the board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if a panel arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so measure your wall first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor hospitality, restaurants, stores or corporate gifting, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote you for a bulk order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Lippan panels travel flat in a rigid box with corner protection. If a panel arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-handcrafted-wall-arts\"\u003eIndian Handcrafted Wall Art collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Pichwai Cow","offer_id":43176527986739,"sku":"Lippan-Pichwai-Cow","price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dancing Feet","offer_id":43176528019507,"sku":"Lippan-Dancing-Feet","price":115.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Krishna Flute","offer_id":43176528052275,"sku":"Lippan-Krishna-Flute","price":115.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dahi Handi","offer_id":43176528085043,"sku":"Lippan-Dahihandi","price":140.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/LippanWallArt-8.jpg?v=1740733130"},{"product_id":"24-lippan-mirror-wall-art-black-white","title":"24-Inch Mandala Mirror Wall Art – Ivory \u0026 Black Geometric","description":"\u003cp\u003eOpen black line work on a cream ground, with gold beading around the rim and a 14-inch mirror at the centre. Where our other monochrome mandala is dense and dark, this one is mostly pale — a geometric star pattern drawn in fine black over ivory, with plenty of ground showing through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e24 inch outer diameter — two feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14 inch mirror at the centre\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10mm thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 3.22 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF disc with a glass mirror\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-painted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo hanging hooks fitted to the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow it is painted\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreehand from the centre out. Geometry is the hard discipline here: the star points have to meet exactly, and on a pale ground there is nowhere for a wobble to hide. The gold beads around the rim are applied individually after the line work is dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the most neutral mandala we make and the easiest to place — it will sit in a room that has nothing else Indian in it without announcing itself. Photographed on a deep teal wall and on warm white; the pale ground means it works best where there is some colour behind it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHanging it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo hooks on the back rather than one, so the disc cannot rotate out of true. At 3.22 kg use screws into drywall anchors, or a stud. Screws and wall anchors are not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust with a dry, soft cloth. Glass cleaner on the centre mirror only, applied to the cloth rather than sprayed — a cream ground shows marks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is this different from your other black and white mandala?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis is the pale one: ivory ground, open black geometry, gold beading, 14-inch mirror. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/24-lippan-mirror-wall-art-mandala-black-white\"\u003eMonochrome Feather\u003c\/a\u003e is black-dominant, much denser, with a 10-inch mirror. Same two colours, opposite effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the centre a real mirror?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — real glass, 14 inches across.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it look plain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nRestrained rather than plain. Up close the line work is intricate; from a distance it reads as a quiet graphic shape. That is the point of it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor hospitality, stores, events or corporate gifting, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote you for a bulk order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it — transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/handcrafted-wall-mirrors\"\u003eHandcrafted Wall Mirrors collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42435070754867,"sku":"2ft-mirror-lippan-black-white","price":160.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/mandala-lippan-mirror-2.jpg?v=1781245069"},{"product_id":"rose-engraved-urli-bowl-german-silver","title":"9-Inches Rose Engraved Bowl - Antique Silver Urli","description":"\u003cp\u003eAn urli is a wide Indian bowl filled with water so that flower heads and floating diyas sit on the surface. This one is the shallow, wide member of our antique-silver range: 9 inches across but only 3.5 inches deep, with a scalloped rim, floral panels worked in relief around the outside, and four clawed feet that lift it clear of the table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiameter: 9 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 3.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: approx. 820 g (1.8 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: copper, nickel-plated and oxidised to an antique silver finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRim: sixteen-lobe scalloped edge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: four applied clawed feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as a single bowl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShallow and wide, which is the harder shape to find.\u003c\/strong\u003e Most small urlis are deep pots. This one spreads the water out, so five or six flower heads float without crowding each other and you look down onto them rather than into a well.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe rim is scalloped, not round.\u003c\/strong\u003e Sixteen lobes, each holding a floral panel raised out of the metal rather than scratched into it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClawed feet.\u003c\/strong\u003e Cast separately and applied, they raise the bowl about half an inch so the base stays dry and the shadow line sits under it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEtched centre.\u003c\/strong\u003e The inside is hammered smooth with a starburst worked into the base, which you see through the water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCopper underneath.\u003c\/strong\u003e The body is copper — the metal used for kalash and pooja vessels — nickel-plated and then oxidised, which is what gives the antique silver its depth in the recesses rather than a flat grey.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive antique-silver bowls, five different jobs. The others in the range:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/silver-hand-engraved-urli-bowl-7inch-luxe-home-decor\"\u003e7.5-inch cutout bowl\u003c\/a\u003e — deep, pierced sides, $110\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/silver-hand-engraved-elephant-urli-bowl-13-luxe-home-decor\"\u003e13.5-inch elephant bowl\u003c\/a\u003e — low, elephants in relief, small feet, $220\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/17-flower-engraved-urli-bowl-antique-silver\"\u003e17-inch jungle bowl\u003c\/a\u003e — deep, animals in relief, $350\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/silver-hand-engraved-urli-bowl-25inch-traditional-home-decor\"\u003e26-inch leaf bowl\u003c\/a\u003e — largest, side handles, $470\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA dining table centrepiece, low enough to talk across\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA mandir shelf, holding a small idol — it is the right width to seat a Laddu Gopal or a palm-sized murti\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn entryway console with floating candles for Diwali\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA haldi or kumkum tray for a ceremony\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA dresser, holding rings and small jewellery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the size people buy when they want one good piece rather than a set — substantial enough to be a proper gift, small enough that the recipient will actually find a place for it. It suits housewarming and griha pravesh, Diwali, Varalakshmi Vratam and wedding gifting. If you are buying several for an event, get in touch before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow deep is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3.5 inches, and that is the point of this one. It is a dish rather than a pot. If you want depth, the 7.5-inch cutout bowl is 4 inches tall in a smaller footprint, and the 17-inch is deeper again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill a small idol sit in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. At 9 inches across with a flat inner base it seats a Laddu Gopal or a small murti comfortably, which is how several customers use it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I fill it with water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Fill it, float flower heads or floating candles, and empty and dry it the same evening. Standing water left in a plated bowl for days will mark the finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many flowers does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFive or six full rose or marigold heads floating, or a dozen loose petals with two floating candles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the feet attached or part of the bowl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCast separately and joined. They are solid and not decorative-only, but do not carry the bowl by one foot when it is full.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this German silver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot literally, and we would rather say so plainly. German silver — also sold as nickel silver — is a copper, nickel and zinc alloy that contains no silver in it at all. This bowl is copper, nickel-plated and then oxidised so the darkening settles into the recesses of the pattern. A lot of this category gets sold as German silver regardless of what is actually underneath, so it is worth knowing which you are buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. Do not put it in the dishwasher and do not use abrasive scourers or acidic cleaners — they will cut through the plating. Between uses, store it in a sealed plastic bag; that slows tarnishing more than anything else you can do.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it tarnish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSilver plating darkens over time, and the antique finish is designed to sit in the recesses and deepen the pattern as it does. That is the intended look. If you want it brighter, a light buff with a dry cloth on the raised areas will lift it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the pattern engraved or raised?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRaised. The floral panels are worked out from behind, so they stand proud of the surface and you can feel them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/urlibowls\"\u003eUrli Bowls \u0026amp; Centerpieces\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or the rest of the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/german-silver-housewarming-decor\"\u003eAntique Silver\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42444626591795,"sku":"silver-urli-rose","price":125.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/roseurli-antiquesilver3.jpg?v=1770589085"},{"product_id":"flower-pot-with-lid-set-antique-silver","title":"Flower Pot with Lid SET | Antique Silver","description":"\u003cp\u003eA pair of lidded pots in copper finished to antique silver, one 8.25 inches tall and one 6.25 inches, each banded top and bottom with a twisted rope moulding and engraved with a floral panel between. The lids lift off, so they work as covered containers or, without the lids, as narrow vases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTall pot with lid: 8.25 inches high, 3.5 inches across\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShort pot with lid: 6.25 inches high, 3 inches across\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSold as a set of two. The pots are straight-sided cylinders rather than tapered, so they hold more than their footprint suggests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThey come with lids, which almost nothing else in the range does.\u003c\/strong\u003e That makes them useful for things you would rather not look at — dry fruit, jewellery, odds and ends.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo heights that group properly.\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.25 and 6.25 inches, so they read as a pair rather than two of the same thing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRope-twist banding.\u003c\/strong\u003e A twisted moulding runs round the top and the bottom of each pot, framing the engraved panel between.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e980 g for the set (approx. 2.2 lb).\u003c\/strong\u003e They sit solidly and the lids seat properly rather than rattling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of 2 pots with lids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTall: 8.25 inches high, 3.5 inches diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShort: 6.25 inches high, 3 inches diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 980 g for the set (approx. 2.2 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: copper, nickel-plated and oxidised to an antique silver finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecoration: twisted rope banding with an engraved floral panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot dishwasher safe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA console or sideboard, lids on, as a pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA dining table at Diwali, holding dry fruit and nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA dressing table for rings and small jewellery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLids off, as narrow vases for a few stems each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA mandir shelf, holding supari and elaichi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLidded pots are a good gift precisely because the recipient decides what they are for. The set suits a housewarming or griha pravesh, a wedding and Diwali, and it photographs well enough that people tend to put it somewhere visible. Plain packaging with no price on it. Buying several sets for an event, get in touch before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this one pot or two?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo, with a lid each. The price is for the set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the lids seal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey seat snugly but they are not airtight. Fine for dry fruit, nuts and supari over a few days; not a storage jar for anything that needs sealing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use them as vases?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, with the lids off. They are narrow, so a few stems each rather than an arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put water and fresh flowers in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. We would use a glass or plastic liner inside if the flowers are staying more than a day or two — standing water against a plated surface will mark it eventually. Dried stems and silk flowers need no liner at all.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put food in them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDry food such as nuts, dry fruit and supari is fine. Wipe them out after rather than leaving anything oily sitting against the finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this German silver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot literally, and we would rather say so plainly. German silver — also sold as nickel silver — is a copper, nickel and zinc alloy that contains no silver in it at all. This piece is copper, nickel-plated and then oxidised so the darkening settles into the recesses of the engraving. A lot of this category gets sold as German silver regardless of what is actually underneath, so it is worth knowing which you are buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the two pots the same shape?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the same cylinder and the same banding, in two heights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. Do not put it in the dishwasher and do not use abrasive scourers or acidic cleaners — they will cut through the plating. Between uses, store it in a sealed plastic bag; that slows tarnishing more than anything else you can do.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it tarnish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSilver plating darkens over time, and the antique finish is designed to sit in the recesses and deepen the pattern as it does. That is the intended look. If you want it brighter, a light buff with a dry cloth on the raised areas will lift it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the rest of the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/german-silver-housewarming-decor\"\u003eAntique Silver\u003c\/a\u003e range, or our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42457834848307,"sku":"flower-pot-lid-set","price":110.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/FlowerVase-AntiqueSilver3.jpg?v=1771452212"},{"product_id":"24-adiyogi-shiva-wall-art-yoga-and-meditation-decor","title":"24-Inch Adiyogi Shiva Wall Art - Hand-Painted Meditation Decor","description":"\u003cp\u003eAdiyogi is Shiva as the first yogi - the figure credited in Indian tradition with giving yoga to humanity, shown here as the half-lit face with closed eyes and matted hair that Isha's Coimbatore bust made familiar worldwide. This is that face hand-painted in blue and white on a 24-inch disc, two feet across, with tiny mirrors set into the surround.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e24 inch diameter - two feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 mm thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 2,500 g (approx. 5.5 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF board, hand-painted, with tiny mirror inlay\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-painted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanging hook fitted to the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as a single panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow it is painted\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe face is laid on by hand over a dark ground, freehand, with the highlights built up in layers rather than outlined. The mirror pieces are set individually into the clay-and-paint surface while it is still workable. No two discs come out identical - the tilt of the brow and the spacing of the mirrors shift slightly from one to the next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo feet across and 2,500 g (approx. 5.5 lb) of MDF and paint. That weight is why the piece hangs flat against a wall instead of bowing, and why it needs a proper fixing rather than a picture nail. It is also the difference between a printed canvas and a painted panel - there is a physical surface here, with mirror set into it, that catches light differently through the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbove an altar or pooja shelf, in a yoga or meditation room, at the end of a hallway, or over a console in an entryway. It reads well on a dark wall - the blue and the mirror both lift against charcoal or deep green, and get lost slightly against white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe rest of the series\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive 24-inch discs share this format, each a different subject: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/24-handcrafted-warli-wall-art-traditional-tribal-decor\"\u003eWarli village scene\u003c\/a\u003e, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/24-kathakali-wall-art-dance-drama-decor\"\u003eKathakali face\u003c\/a\u003e, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/24-inch-yin-yang-wall-art-asian-inspired-zen-decor\"\u003eYin Yang\u003c\/a\u003e and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/24-handcrafted-mandala-wall-art-earthy-tones-decor\"\u003emaroon and blue mandala\u003c\/a\u003e. Hung as a pair or a row of three they read as a set, because the diameter and the thickness match exactly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHanging it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hook is fitted to the back. At this weight the fixing should go into a stud or a drywall anchor rated for it - a plain picture nail is not enough. Screws and wall anchors are not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust with a dry, soft cloth. If there is mirror inlay, use glass cleaner on the mirror only, applied to the cloth rather than sprayed, so nothing runs onto the paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this the Isha Adiyogi bust?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. It is an independent hand-painted rendering of the Adiyogi face, made in India by our artisans. It is not an Isha Foundation product and carries no affiliation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the surface flat or raised?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nRaised in places. The paint is built up and the mirror pieces sit slightly proud of the board, so the piece has texture you can feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n2,500 g, about 5.5 lb. Heavy enough to need a stud or a rated anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a hook or screws?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA hanging hook is already fitted to the back. Screws and wall anchors are not supplied, because the right ones depend on your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go in a bathroom or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. It is an MDF board with painted detail and is made for dry indoor walls. Steam and weather will lift the finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the colour match the photos?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nClosely, but each disc is painted by hand, so the depth of the blue and the exact placement of the highlights vary a little between pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so measure your wall first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor hospitality, restaurants, stores or corporate gifting, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote you for a bulk order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Wall pieces travel flat in a rigid box with corner protection. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-handcrafted-wall-arts\"\u003eIndian Handcrafted Wall Art collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42460097478707,"sku":"TN-adiyogi","price":155.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/adiyogi-wallart-2_717d4229-bfc6-4781-a7d0-44387173a6bd.jpg?v=1781333181"},{"product_id":"premium-brass-ganesha-urli-bowl-traditional-indian-decor","title":"Elegant Brass Ganesha Urli - A Touch of Indian Brass Love","description":"\u003cp\u003eAn urli is a wide Indian bowl filled with water so petals and floating diyas sit on the surface. This one is built onto a footed brass base with a tall pierced backplate rising behind it, carrying a seated Ganesha under an arch. It is the only piece in our urli range with a deity worked into it, which is why it tends to end up in a mandir rather than on a coffee table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 12 inches, measured to the top of the backplate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiameter: 9 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 3,400 g (approx. 7.5 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: solid brass, uncoated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: natural brass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: four cast feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot dishwasher safe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3,400 g of solid brass — approx. 7.5 lb.\u003c\/strong\u003e The weight is mostly in the base and the feet, which is what stops a piece this tall from being top-heavy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe backplate is pierced, not stamped.\u003c\/strong\u003e Light passes through the scrollwork around Ganesha, so a diya in the bowl lights the arch from below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCast openwork around the bowl too.\u003c\/strong\u003e The sides of the bowl carry the same pierced motif, and it sits on four sculpted feet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUncoated brass.\u003c\/strong\u003e No lacquer, no plating. It will deepen in tone and you can polish it back whenever you want to.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout the height\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 12 inches is measured to the top of Ganesha's crown. The bowl itself is shallow — this is a shrine piece with a bowl in it, not a deep vessel. If you want depth for floating flowers, the hammered brass urli holds far more water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree brass urlis, three different jobs:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/elegant-brass-hammered-urli-traditional-indian-decor\"\u003eHammered brass urli\u003c\/a\u003e — plain hammered bowl, two sizes, $140 and $170\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/set-of-5-brass-mini-urli-bowls-prasad-bowl-handcrafted-pooja-urli-indian-decor-return-gift-favors-4-inch-brass-urli-set\"\u003eBrass mini urli set of 5\u003c\/a\u003e — 4-inch prasad bowls, $90\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA home mandir, as the piece the diya sits in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn entryway console, where the backplate reads from across the room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA Ganesh Chaturthi setup, with the murti beside it and petals in the bowl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA shelf or niche deep enough for a 12-inch piece to stand upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA puja room floor arrangement during Diwali\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA Ganesha piece is the safe choice for a griha pravesh or a housewarming, because Ganesha is the god you install first in a new home. It also suits a wedding, a new business opening and Ganesh Chaturthi itself. It arrives in plain packaging with no price on it. If you need several — for a temple, a community event or corporate gifting — get in touch before ordering and we will confirm stock and talk about price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Ganesha part of the bowl or separate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne piece. The backplate and the bowl are joined, not assembled, so there is nothing to attach and nothing to lose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow deep is the bowl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShallow. The 12-inch figure is the full height to the top of the crown, not the bowl. It takes enough water for petals and a floating diya, not a deep pool. Our hammered brass urli is the one to buy if depth matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put a real oil diya in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Brass takes heat without trouble. Let it cool before you wipe it out, and do not leave oil standing in it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid brass or plated?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSolid brass throughout, uncoated. Nothing is plated onto it, so there is no finish to wear through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it darken over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, and that is normal for uncoated brass. Some people polish it back every few months, others prefer the deeper tone it settles into. Either is fine — nothing is wrong with the piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. Brass darkens naturally with air and handling; if you want it bright again, any household brass polish will lift it in a few minutes. Do not put it in the dishwasher and do not leave water standing in it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it stand steady on a shelf?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The four cast feet spread the base wider than the bowl and the mass sits low. It is not a piece that tips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for prasad?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBetter for petals, water and diyas. For prasad we would point you at the mini urli set, which is made for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/urlibowls\"\u003eUrli Bowls \u0026amp; Centerpieces\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or the rest of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42480167649331,"sku":"brass-ganesha-urli","price":180.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/ganeshabrassurli-9.jpg?v=1747794567"},{"product_id":"elegant-brass-hammered-urli-traditional-indian-decor","title":"Elegant Brass Hammered Urli Bowl","description":"\u003cp\u003eAn urli is a wide Indian bowl filled with water so petals and floating diyas sit on the surface. This is the plain one — no deity, no cutwork, just a hand-hammered brass bowl with a small loop handle at each side and a polished interior that throws the light back up through the water. It comes in two sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSizes: 12-inch bowl (15 inches across handles, 4 inches tall) and 16-inch bowl (19 inches across handles, 5 inches tall)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 1,120 g (approx. 2.5 lb) and 2,160 g (approx. 4.8 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: solid brass, uncoated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: hand-hammered outside, polished inside\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandles: one cast loop each side\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot dishwasher safe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHand-hammered, and you can see it.\u003c\/strong\u003e The dimpling on the outside is struck by hand, so the pattern is irregular and the reflections break up rather than mirroring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid brass, uncoated.\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,160 g in the large — approx. 4.8 lb — and 1,120 g in the medium. Nothing plated, nothing lacquered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide and shallow, which is the right shape for floating.\u003c\/strong\u003e Petals and diyas spread across the surface instead of bunching in a well.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo loop handles\u003c\/strong\u003e cast onto the rim, so a full bowl can be carried and set down without gripping the water line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size, and how the measurements work\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe variant names are the bowl diameter. The larger figure in the details below is the width across the handles, which is the number to use when you are measuring a shelf or a table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e — 12-inch bowl, 15 inches across the handles, 4 inches tall, 1,120 g (approx. 2.5 lb). A side table, a mandir shelf, a small dining table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e16 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e — 16-inch bowl, 19 inches across the handles, 5 inches tall, 2,160 g (approx. 4.8 lb). A dining table centre, an entryway console, a mandap entrance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree brass urlis, three different jobs:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-brass-ganesha-urli-bowl-traditional-indian-decor\"\u003eBrass Ganesha urli\u003c\/a\u003e — seated Ganesha on a pierced backplate, $180\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/set-of-5-brass-mini-urli-bowls-prasad-bowl-handcrafted-pooja-urli-indian-decor-return-gift-favors-4-inch-brass-urli-set\"\u003eBrass mini urli set of 5\u003c\/a\u003e — 4-inch prasad bowls, $90\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA dining table, filled with water and floating marigold heads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn entryway, with tealights on the water for Diwali\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA haldi or mehndi ceremony, as the bowl the paste is served from\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA coffee table, empty — the hammering carries it on its own\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuy both sizes and nest them for a two-level arrangement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe plainest piece in the range and, for that reason, the easiest to give to someone whose taste you do not know. It works for a housewarming or griha pravesh, a wedding, Diwali and Ganesh Chaturthi. The 16-inch reads as the more significant gift. Buying several for an event — get in touch first and we will confirm stock and price before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the two sizes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBowl diameter, depth and weight. The 12-inch is 4 inches deep and 1,120 g; the 16-inch is 5 inches deep and 2,160 g, nearly twice the metal. Both are the same shape and finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does the listing mention 15 and 19 inches as well?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThose are the widths across the handles. The variant names use the bowl diameter. Measure with the handle figure if space is tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid brass or plated?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSolid brass throughout, uncoated. There is no plating to wear through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I fill it with water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, that is what it is for. Empty and dry it the same evening rather than leaving water standing in it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it darken over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, and that is normal for uncoated brass. Some people polish it back every few months, others prefer the deeper tone it settles into. Either is fine — nothing is wrong with the piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. Brass darkens naturally with air and handling; if you want it bright again, any household brass polish will lift it in a few minutes. Do not put it in the dishwasher and do not leave water standing in it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I serve food in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDry food such as sweets, nuts or fruit in skins is fine. Avoid anything acidic or wet sitting in bare brass for long.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the two sizes nest?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The 12-inch sits inside the 16-inch, which several customers use as a tiered arrangement for Diwali.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/urlibowls\"\u003eUrli Bowls \u0026amp; Centerpieces\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or the rest of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"12 Inches","offer_id":43335483916339,"sku":"brass-hammered-urli-2","price":140.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16 Inches","offer_id":43335483883571,"sku":"brass-hammered-urli-1","price":170.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/brassurli2.jpg?v=1763259599"},{"product_id":"pink-sunflower-urli-bowls-set-of-3","title":"Sunflower Urli Bowls – Set of 3 Pink Petal Rim Urlis","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe same sunflower shape as our gold set, made in \u003cstrong\u003emagenta pink\u003c\/strong\u003e. Long, solid petals radiate from a \u003cstrong\u003ehammered gold centre bowl\u003c\/strong\u003e, so the piece is two-tone rather than painted all over — pink outside, gold where the water and flowers go. It is the only colour in the whole flat-rim range that is not gold or ivory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of 3 flat-rim urli bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall: 6 inch inner bowl, 12 inches overall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedium: 8.5 inch inner bowl, 14.5 inches overall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge: 10 inch inner bowl, 16 inches overall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal weight of the set: approx. 1.8 kg (4 lb \/ 64 oz)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: iron, magenta pink petals with a gold polish centre bowl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentre bowl: hand-hammered gold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRim: long solid sunflower petals — decorative, not candle cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePink petals, gold bowl.\u003c\/strong\u003e The contrast is the point. Against a dark table or a white runner the pink reads immediately, and the gold centre keeps it from looking like a novelty piece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt solves the mehndi and haldi problem.\u003c\/strong\u003e Most Indian metal decor is gold, which disappears into a gold-and-yellow ceremony. This does not.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe heaviest of the six flat-rim sets\u003c\/strong\u003e at 1.8 kg for three — about 4 lb \/ 64 oz.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree sizes, 12 to 16 inches overall\u003c\/strong\u003e, with 6, 8.5 and 10 inch water bowls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHand-hammered centre bowl\u003c\/strong\u003e, same as the gold version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich rim do you want?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe make six flat-rim urli sets in this shape. The bowl is much the same on all of them; what changes is the collar around it — and whether that collar holds candles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/lotus-metal-urli-bowls-set-hammered-gold-festive-decor\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLotus petal\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — pointed lotus-bud cups, each holds a tealight. 12–16 in across.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/handcrafted-om-urli-bowls-set-of-3-urli-utsav\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — diya-shaped cups in ivory and gold, each holds a tealight. 11–16 in across.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/handcrafted-diya-urli-bowls-set-of-3-urli-utsav\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiya\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — fluted lamp cups, all gold, each holds a tealight. 11–15 in across.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/handcrafted-rose-urli-bowls-set-of-3-urli-utsav\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRose\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — solid gold rosettes, decorative only. 9.5–12.5 in, the most compact set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/handcrafted-sunflower-urli-bowls-set-of-3-urli-utsav\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSunflower\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — the same petals in gold. 12–16 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunflower Pink — this set.\u003c\/strong\u003e Magenta petals with a gold centre. 12–16 in, the only pink set we make.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMehndi and haldi ceremonies\u003c\/strong\u003e, where a gold piece would vanish into the palette. \u003cstrong\u003eBaby showers, godh bharai and engagement tables.\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDining table centre\u003c\/strong\u003e, using the 16-inch alone against a neutral runner. \u003cstrong\u003eDiwali\u003c\/strong\u003e in a home that already has plenty of gold. Also good in a girl's room or a colourful modern interior where traditional gold decor would feel heavy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe set to give when you want the gift to be recognisably a gift rather than something that blends in. Popular for \u003cstrong\u003eweddings and pre-wedding functions\u003c\/strong\u003e, baby showers and anniversaries, and as a \u003cstrong\u003eDiwali\u003c\/strong\u003e present for a younger household.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese go out as gift sets often enough that we keep stock deep. If you need several — wedding favours, a mehndi order, return gifts for a large function — email contact@urliutsav.com before you order. Bulk pricing is available and we will confirm quantities and timing with you first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the whole thing pink?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The petals are magenta pink; the centre bowl is hammered gold. It is deliberately two-tone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put tealights in the petals?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The petals are solid and flat — there are no cups. Float a candle in the centre bowl, or set separate diyas on the table around the piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow different is the pink in person?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is a deep magenta rather than a pale or pastel pink. Screens vary, so if you are matching it to a specific outfit or decor colour, expect a strong saturated pink.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between this and the gold sunflower set?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnly the colour. Same shape, same three sizes, same weight, same price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the pink fade or chip?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is a painted finish over metal, so a hard knock can mark it and long direct sunlight will dull any colour over years. Keep it indoors and wipe rather than scrub.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the candles or flowers included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. You get the three bowls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much space does the large one need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA clear 16 inches. Measure the full petal diameter, not the water bowl.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a dry or barely damp cloth. Do not soak them, do not put them in a dishwasher, and dry them fully after you empty the water out. Abrasive scourers and harsh cleaners will wear both the paint and the gold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan they go outside?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor an evening on a covered patio, yes. Not for permanent outdoor use: they are iron underneath and will rust if they are rained on or left damp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if something arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Send a photo to contact@urliutsav.com and we will replace the piece or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee more urli bowls and centerpieces in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/collections\/urlibowls\"\u003eUrli Bowls \u0026amp; Centerpieces\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42480418979891,"sku":"diwali-urli-sunflower-pink","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/pinkurli-2.jpg?v=1771268672"},{"product_id":"hammered-rangoli-urli-tealight","title":"Hammered Rangoli Urli","description":"\u003cp\u003eA rangoli laid out in metal: a hammered six-petal flower dish at the centre, ringed by a slim frame carrying nine ball-shaped tealight cups that orbit it. Light all nine and the whole 11.5-inch circle reads as a drawn rangoli, without chalk, rice flour or anything to sweep up afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall diameter: 11.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTealight cups: 9, on a ring frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentre: hammered six-petal flower dish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 360 g (approx. 12.7 oz)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: iron with a gold polish finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: hand-hammered, dimpled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot dishwasher safe. Keep dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNine tealight cups on one frame.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each is a dimpled hemisphere on its own stem, so the flames sit slightly above the table and circle the centre.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe centre is a bowl, not a plate.\u003c\/strong\u003e A hammered six-petal dish that takes petals, a tealight, or a small mound of rangoli powder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e11.5 inches across and only 360 g.\u003c\/strong\u003e Light enough to move around the house through an evening, and to pack away flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable, unlike a drawn rangoli.\u003c\/strong\u003e It comes out every year and there is nothing to clean off the floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour gold-finish pieces, four different shapes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/elegant-metal-hammered-urli-traditional-indian-decor\"\u003eHammered gold urli bowl\u003c\/a\u003e — 12 inches, flat and open, $49\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hammered-hanging-urli-urli-utsav\"\u003eHanging urli\u003c\/a\u003e — 9-inch bowl on a 30-inch flower chain, $49\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/golden-lotus-etched-decorative-plate-gold-hammered-decorative-bowls-for-home-wedding-festive-decor\"\u003e18-inch lotus tray\u003c\/a\u003e — 17 petal compartments, $120\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA dining or coffee table for Diwali, all nine lit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn entryway console as a doorstep rangoli that will not blow away\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA mandir shelf for Navratri or Karthigai Deepam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA wedding or mehndi table, one per table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA balcony or windowsill, where a floor rangoli is not an option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur most-bought return gift, because it is inexpensive, it is unmistakably festive, and almost nobody already owns one. It suits Diwali above all, and also Navratri, a housewarming and a wedding favour. If you are buying a dozen or more for an event, get in touch before ordering — we can usually help on price at that quantity and confirm stock against your date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many tealights does it take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNine in the ring cups, plus one in the centre dish if you want it. Standard tealights fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the cups fixed or removable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFixed. The cups and the ring are one piece, so nothing comes loose and nothing gets lost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come apart for storage?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, it is a single piece. It is flat enough to slide onto a shelf or into a drawer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I fill it with water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe would not. The base metal is iron under a gold polish, and standing water will eventually work under the finish and cause rust. Use it dry — petals, tealights, dry flowers — or float things in a separate glass or brass bowl set inside it. If it does get wet, dry it straight away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use real oil diyas in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe cups are hemispheres rather than traditional diya shapes, so they suit tealights better than an oil-and-wick diya, which needs a lip to rest the wick on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it really?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e11.5 inches across the outer ring — about the size of a dinner plate. One of the photographs has the measurement marked on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill wax be hard to get out?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLet it set, then lift it out cold. Do not pour hot water over it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. This is iron under a gold polish, so keep it dry — do not wash it, do not put it in the dishwasher, and do not leave it outdoors overnight. Wipe out any spilled wax or oil once it has cooled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/urlibowls\"\u003eUrli Bowls \u0026amp; Centerpieces\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or the rest of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42482241601587,"sku":"IN-urli-rangoli","price":42.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/rangoli-urli-diwalidecor2.jpg?v=1771219124"},{"product_id":"hanging-urli-bowl-30-inch","title":"Hammered Hanging Urli Bowl – Entrance Decor","description":"\u003cp\u003eA shallow urli bowl suspended from a long chain of linked gold flowers, with a hook at the top. It hangs rather than stands — from a tree branch over a garden table, from a hook in a porch, or in a doorway during Diwali. The whole thing drops about 30 inches; the bowl itself is 9 inches across.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal drop: 30 inches including the chain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBowl diameter: 9 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 500 g (approx. 1.1 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: iron with a gold polish finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChain: linked cast flowers, with a hook\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigns: Hammered, or Rose with a sculpted bloom border\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot dishwasher safe. Keep dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt hangs, which almost nothing else in the range does.\u003c\/strong\u003e That puts the petals and the light at eye level instead of on a surface, and frees the table entirely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe chain is part of the piece.\u003c\/strong\u003e Every link is a small cast flower, not plain wire, so the 30-inch drop reads as decoration in its own right.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo designs.\u003c\/strong\u003e Plain hammered, or a bowl ringed with sculpted rose blooms — see below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e500 g (approx. 1.1 lb) all in.\u003c\/strong\u003e Light enough to hang from a branch or a standard ceiling hook without special fixings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich design\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHammered\u003c\/strong\u003e — a plain dimpled bowl with a clean rim. Quieter, and the one to choose if it will hang somewhere busy. $49.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRose\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same bowl ringed with sculpted rose blooms around the edge, so the rim reads as a flower border even when the bowl is empty. $52.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour gold-finish pieces, four different shapes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/elegant-metal-hammered-urli-traditional-indian-decor\"\u003eHammered gold urli bowl\u003c\/a\u003e — 12 inches, flat and open, $49\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hammered-rangoli-urli-urli-utsav\"\u003eRangoli urli\u003c\/a\u003e — 11.5 inches, nine tealight cups on a ring, $42\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/golden-lotus-etched-decorative-plate-gold-hammered-decorative-bowls-for-home-wedding-festive-decor\"\u003e18-inch lotus tray\u003c\/a\u003e — 17 petal compartments, $120\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA tree branch over a garden table for an outdoor Diwali or mehndi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA covered porch or a front entrance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA doorway or an archway during a wedding function\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA balcony, where floor space is short\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHung in pairs either side of an entrance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn unusual gift, because most people have never seen a hanging urli and would not think to buy one for themselves. It suits Diwali, a housewarming and a wedding, and event decorators buy them in pairs or sixes for entrances and mandap edges. If you need several, get in touch before ordering so we can confirm stock against your date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the bowl 30 inches?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo — the bowl is 9 inches across. The 30 inches is the total drop from the hook to the bottom of the bowl, most of which is chain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Hammered and Rose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe bowl rim. Hammered is plain and dimpled; Rose has a ring of sculpted rose blooms around the edge. Same size, same chain, same weight. Rose is $3 more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a hook or fixing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe chain ends in a hook. What that hook attaches to — a branch, a ceiling hook, a bracket — is up to you and is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I hang it outdoors permanently?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor an evening or a weekend, yes. Not permanently: this is iron under a gold polish and rain will get under the finish. Bring it in after the event.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I fill it with water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe would not. The base metal is iron under a gold polish, and standing water will eventually work under the finish and cause rust. Use it dry — petals, tealights, dry flowers — or float things in a separate glass or brass bowl set inside it. If it does get wet, dry it straight away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put a tealight in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, and it looks best that way at dusk. Do not leave a lit flame in a swinging bowl unattended or near foliage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I shorten the chain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe links are joined, so shortening it means opening a link. Most people loop the excess over the hook instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. This is iron under a gold polish, so keep it dry — do not wash it, do not put it in the dishwasher, and do not leave it outdoors overnight. Wipe out any spilled wax or oil once it has cooled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/urlibowls\"\u003eUrli Bowls \u0026amp; Centerpieces\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or the rest of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Hammered","offer_id":43374517714995,"sku":"hanginghammered","price":49.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Rose","offer_id":43374517747763,"sku":"hangingrose","price":52.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/hangingurli-urliutsavdecor5.jpg?v=1758057933"},{"product_id":"two-layer-diya-stand","title":"Two Layer Diya Urli - 18 Candle Holders","description":"\u003cp\u003eA tiered diya stand: two discs on a central rod, each ringed with traditional diya cups so eighteen flames sit at two heights. It stands on a turned pedestal foot with a finial and ring on top. At 15.75 inches it is the table-height version — low enough to sit between people at dinner and still be talked across.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 15.75 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiya cups: 18 (10 bottom, 8 top)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 915 g (approx. 2 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: iron with a gold polish finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBase: turned pedestal foot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop: finial with a ring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot dishwasher safe. Keep dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEighteen diyas, ten below and eight above.\u003c\/strong\u003e One object does the work of arranging eighteen separate lamps, and you can light it in under a minute.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProper diya cups.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each is pressed in the classic diya shape with a pointed lip, so oil and a cotton wick sit correctly. Tealights drop straight in as well.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable height, deliberately.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 15.75 inches it clears a table setting without blocking the person opposite, which the 24-inch version does not.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e915 g (approx. 2 lb)\u003c\/strong\u003e on a weighted pedestal foot, so it does not rock when someone reaches across it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe same design is made in two heights:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/two-2-layer-diya-stand-urli-utsav\"\u003eTwo-layer stand\u003c\/a\u003e — 15.75 inches, 18 diyas, 915 g. A dining table or a mandir shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/tripple-layer-diya-stand-urli-urli-utsav\"\u003eThree-layer stand\u003c\/a\u003e — 24 inches, 30 diyas, 1,500 g. A floor-level entryway or a wedding welcome table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe centre of a dining table for Diwali dinner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA mandir shelf, lit for daily aarti or Navratri\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA console table by the door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA coffee table, with petals scattered on the lower tier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA kitchen island during a party\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe easier of the two to give, because it fits on a table in any home and does not need floor space set aside for it. It suits Diwali, Navratri, Karthigai Deepam, a housewarming and a wedding. If you are buying several for an event, get in touch before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOil diyas or tealights?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEither. The cups are the traditional diya shape with a pointed lip, so oil and a cotton wick sit correctly. Standard tealights also drop straight in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is this different from the three-layer stand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHeight and count. This one is 15.75 inches with 18 cups; the three-layer is 24 inches with 30. Same design and finish. This is the table one, that is the floor and entrance one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it block the view across a dining table?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. At 15.75 inches the top tier sits above eye level for a seated diner but the stem is slim, so it does not wall off the table the way a solid centrepiece does.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the ring at the top for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA finial you can lift it by when empty. We would not hang it with the diyas lit or filled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I fill it with water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe would not. The base metal is iron under a gold polish, and standing water will eventually work under the finish and cause rust. Use it dry — petals, tealights, dry flowers — or float things in a separate glass or brass bowl set inside it. If it does get wet, dry it straight away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come apart?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt arrives assembled and stays that way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. This is iron under a gold polish, so keep it dry — do not wash it, do not put it in the dishwasher, and do not leave it outdoors overnight. Wipe out any spilled wax or oil once it has cooled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor an evening under cover, yes. Bring it in afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/urlibowls\"\u003eUrli Bowls \u0026amp; Centerpieces\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or the rest of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42489660440627,"sku":"diwali-two-layer-diya","price":65.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/TwoLayerDiyaUrli3.jpg?v=1735874778"},{"product_id":"indian-return-gift-pichwai-cow-print-metal-tray","title":"Pichwai Cow Metal Trays - 8 Inches, 10 Inches, or Set of 2","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePichwai\u003c\/strong\u003e is a devotional painting tradition from Nathdwara in Rajasthan, around four hundred years old, depicting \u003cstrong\u003eShrinathji\u003c\/strong\u003e — Krishna as a seven-year-old — and the cows of Vrindavan. These trays carry that artwork on gold-finished metal, so a style normally seen on temple textiles becomes something you actually use on a table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable as 8 inch, 10 inch, or a set of both\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet weight 460 grams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: iron with gold polish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArtwork: laminated Pichwai print with raised Kasauti patterning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat people use them for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServing snacks, mithai and dry fruit during festivals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolding a diya, a small idol or flowers as a shelf vignette\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePresenting return gifts at weddings and housewarmings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGanesh Chaturthi and Diwali table decor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAs the gift itself — presentable as packaged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eChoosing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e10 inch\u003c\/strong\u003e works as a serving tray or the base of a shelf arrangement. The \u003cstrong\u003e8 inch\u003c\/strong\u003e suits a single diya, a small idol, or a bedside catch-all. The \u003cstrong\u003eset\u003c\/strong\u003e gives you a nested pair for layered table styling, and is the usual choice for gifting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe with a dry cloth. Do not soak or put in a dishwasher — the laminated artwork and gold polish will not survive it. Use a liner under oily food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/urlibowls\"\u003eUrli Bowls \u0026amp; Centerpieces\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or the rest of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Mint \/ Set","offer_id":43436955172915,"sku":"Mint-Set","price":40.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Mint \/ 10 Inches","offer_id":42506659332147,"sku":"Mint-10-Inches","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Mint \/ 8 Inches","offer_id":43436955140147,"sku":"Mint-8-Inches","price":25.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ Set","offer_id":43436955238451,"sku":"Red-Set","price":40.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ 10 Inches","offer_id":42506645864499,"sku":"Red-10-Inches","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ 8 Inches","offer_id":43436955205683,"sku":"Red-8-Inches","price":25.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ Set","offer_id":43436955303987,"sku":"Pink-Set","price":40.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ 10 Inches","offer_id":42506645831731,"sku":"Pink-10-Inches","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ 8 Inches","offer_id":43436955271219,"sku":"Pink-8-Inches","price":25.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange \/ Set","offer_id":43436955369523,"sku":"Orange-Set","price":40.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange \/ 10 Inches","offer_id":42506645897267,"sku":"Orange-10-Set","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange \/ 8 Inches","offer_id":43436955336755,"sku":"Orange-8-Inches","price":25.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/pichwaitray7.jpg?v=1749288714"},{"product_id":"gold-lotus-t-light-holders-set-of-6","title":"Gold Lotus T-Light Holder Set of 6 - 5in Metal Diwali Diyas","description":"\u003cp\u003eSix gold lotus t-light holders, five inches across, with long pointed petals that open outward the way a water lily does. They are the widest of our gold sets, which is what makes them read from across a room rather than only up close.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of 6 t-light holders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo petal designs to choose from\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 in diameter, 1.25 in high\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e350 g for the set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: iron, gold polished\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost metal diyas are a dish with a scalloped edge. These are cut and shaped so the petals stand proud of the base and throw their own shadow, and when the tea light is lit the light catches the underside of each petal separately. Six of them down the centre of a table is usually enough - you are not trying to fill the table, you are trying to give it a spine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe carry four gold metal shapes and they are genuinely different objects, not\ncolourways of one thing:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLotus, 5 in, set of 6\u003c\/strong\u003e - the widest and most sculptural, with long pointed\npetals that splay outward like an open water lily. The showpiece of the four.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDhanteras blossom, 4 in, set of 10\u003c\/strong\u003e - shallow and simple, six rounded lobes.\nThe one to buy when you want a lot of small lights across a long table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKamal cup, 3.25 in, set of 10\u003c\/strong\u003e - the only deep one, a fluted little bowl\n1.75 in tall. Holds the flame down inside, so it does not blow out as easily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJali shade, 4.5 in, set of 4\u003c\/strong\u003e - not a dish at all but a tapered pierced\nlantern 3.5 in tall. The light comes out through the cut pattern rather than off the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA dining table down the middle, a mandir shelf, the edge of a stair tread, a windowsill at dusk. They also sit well around the rim of a larger urli bowl if you already have one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSix in a set means one set can be split into two or three smaller gifts, which is why these move around Diwali. They arrive stacked and boxed, so they travel well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions people ask\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size tea light fits?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA standard 1.5 inch tea light, the size sold in bags at any grocery store. LED tea lights of the same size sit just as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. This is iron under a gold polish, so keep it dry, do not put it in the dishwasher, and wipe out any spilled wax once it has cooled and lifted out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I float these in water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. These are iron under a gold polish, and standing water will work under the finish and cause rust. For floating diyas you want an urli bowl instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo they stack for storage?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, they nest into each other. The whole set goes back into one small box between festivals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the two designs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne has broader rounded petals and one has narrower pointed petals. Both are the same diameter, weight and finish - it is purely the petal cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use them outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor an evening, yes - a covered porch or a still patio is fine. Bring them in overnight. Dew and sprinklers are what damage a gold polish, not the outdoors itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are these made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIndia, by hand. Small differences between pieces in a set are normal and are how you can tell handwork from a machine-pressed import.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order a larger quantity for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Sets like this go out for weddings, temple events and office Diwali parties fairly often. Message us with your date and rough numbers before you order a set of six and we will tell you what we can hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMore festive lighting in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/diwali-diyas-tlights\"\u003eT-Lights \u0026amp; Diwali Diyas\u003c\/a\u003e collection, and floating-flower bowls in \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/urlibowls\"\u003eUrli Bowls\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Lotus","offer_id":44594218139699,"sku":"diya-code16","price":42.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Petal","offer_id":44594218172467,"sku":"diya-code17","price":45.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/metaltlight-diya8.jpg?v=1785022148"},{"product_id":"kamal-gold-t-light-holders-set-of-10","title":"Kamal Utsav T-Light Holder Set of 10 - Deep Gold Metal Diyas","description":"\u003cp\u003eTen deep gold cups with fluted walls, three and a quarter inches across and a full inch and three quarters tall. Of everything in this collection these are the only holders that properly enclose the flame rather than sitting it on a dish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of 10 t-light holders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional add-on: 10 multicolour bandhani potli bags, 8 x 8 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3.25 in diameter, 1.75 in high\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e530 g for the set of 10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: iron, gold polished\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepth is the whole argument for this one. A tea light in a shallow diya goes out in a draught from an open door or a ceiling fan; sitting an inch down inside a fluted cup, it does not. The flutes also do something nice when lit - the light comes up the inside walls in stripes rather than spilling flat. If you have ever set out diyas and spent the evening relighting them, this is the shape to buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe carry four gold metal shapes and they are genuinely different objects, not\ncolourways of one thing:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLotus, 5 in, set of 6\u003c\/strong\u003e - the widest and most sculptural, with long pointed\npetals that splay outward like an open water lily. The showpiece of the four.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDhanteras blossom, 4 in, set of 10\u003c\/strong\u003e - shallow and simple, six rounded lobes.\nThe one to buy when you want a lot of small lights across a long table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKamal cup, 3.25 in, set of 10\u003c\/strong\u003e - the only deep one, a fluted little bowl\n1.75 in tall. Holds the flame down inside, so it does not blow out as easily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJali shade, 4.5 in, set of 4\u003c\/strong\u003e - not a dish at all but a tapered pierced\nlantern 3.5 in tall. The light comes out through the cut pattern rather than off the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnywhere there is moving air - an entryway, a balcony, a table under a fan, a puja room with the window open. Also the safest of the four gold shapes around children, because the flame is recessed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA heavier, more substantial piece than the flat diyas, and it feels that way when someone picks one up. Ten in a box with the potli bags is a complete Diwali gift without anything else added.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions people ask\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size tea light fits?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA standard 1.5 inch tea light, the size sold in bags at any grocery store. LED tea lights of the same size sit just as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. This is iron under a gold polish, so keep it dry, do not put it in the dishwasher, and wipe out any spilled wax once it has cooled and lifted out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is this one more expensive than the blossom set?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThere is roughly twenty percent more metal in it and the fluted wall is a deeper draw, which is a slower piece to make. The set weighs 530 g against 450 g for ten of the shallow blossoms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I float these in water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. These are iron under a gold polish, and standing water will work under the finish and cause rust. For floating diyas you want an urli bowl instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo they stack for storage?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, they nest into each other. The whole set goes back into one small box between festivals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use them outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor an evening, yes - a covered porch or a still patio is fine. Bring them in overnight. Dew and sprinklers are what damage a gold polish, not the outdoors itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are these made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIndia, by hand. Small differences between pieces in a set are normal and are how you can tell handwork from a machine-pressed import.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order a larger quantity for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Sets like this go out for weddings, temple events and office Diwali parties fairly often. Message us with your date and rough numbers before you order ten sets and we will tell you what we can hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMore festive lighting in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/diwali-diyas-tlights\"\u003eT-Lights \u0026amp; Diwali Diyas\u003c\/a\u003e collection, and small-gift ideas in \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-return-gifts\"\u003eIndian Return Gifts\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"T-Light Set","offer_id":43567235399731,"sku":"code18","price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"T-Light Potli Set","offer_id":43567235432499,"sku":"code18potli","price":95.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/07-gold-scalloped-tlight-holders-table-runner_d3c7d719-b19b-4015-98cf-718ce8892012.jpg?v=1788929361"},{"product_id":"gold-jali-t-light-lanterns","title":"Gold Jali T-Light Lanterns - Set of 4 Pierced Metal Diyas","description":"\u003cp\u003eFour tapered gold lanterns with pierced jali walls, four and a half inches across the top and three and a half inches tall. Unlike the flat diyas in this collection, the light does not come off the top of these - it comes out sideways through the cut pattern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of 4 pierced t-light lanterns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional add-on: 4 multicolour bandhani potli bags, 8 x 8 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4.5 in diameter at the top, 3.5 in high\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e430 g for the set of 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: iron, gold polished\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA tea light in an open dish lights the ceiling. A tea light inside a pierced shade throws the pattern of the cutwork onto whatever is next to it - the wall, the tablecloth, the back of the console. That is a different effect and it is the reason to own these alongside, rather than instead of, a set of flat diyas. Four is enough because each one is doing more work than a flat diya does.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe carry four gold metal shapes and they are genuinely different objects, not\ncolourways of one thing:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLotus, 5 in, set of 6\u003c\/strong\u003e - the widest and most sculptural, with long pointed\npetals that splay outward like an open water lily. The showpiece of the four.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDhanteras blossom, 4 in, set of 10\u003c\/strong\u003e - shallow and simple, six rounded lobes.\nThe one to buy when you want a lot of small lights across a long table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKamal cup, 3.25 in, set of 10\u003c\/strong\u003e - the only deep one, a fluted little bowl\n1.75 in tall. Holds the flame down inside, so it does not blow out as easily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJali shade, 4.5 in, set of 4\u003c\/strong\u003e - not a dish at all but a tapered pierced\nlantern 3.5 in tall. The light comes out through the cut pattern rather than off the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAgainst a plain wall where the cast pattern has somewhere to land. A bookshelf, a mantel, a bedside table, either side of a mirror. They also work as a low table lamp on a side table when you are not lighting a whole room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour holders is a neat gift on its own, and the shape reads as a lantern rather than a festival item - so it does not get put away in November.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions people ask\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size tea light fits?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA standard 1.5 inch tea light, the size sold in bags at any grocery store. LED tea lights of the same size sit just as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. This is iron under a gold polish, so keep it dry, do not put it in the dishwasher, and wipe out any spilled wax once it has cooled and lifted out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the outside get hot?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe metal warms up with a real tea light burning inside, the way any metal lantern does. Set it on a heat-safe surface and give it a minute to cool before you move it. An LED tea light avoids the question entirely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I float these in water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. These are iron under a gold polish, and standing water will work under the finish and cause rust. For floating diyas you want an urli bowl instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo they stack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey nest, one inside the next, so all four store in the footprint of one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use them outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor an evening, yes - a covered porch or a still patio is fine. Bring them in overnight. Dew and sprinklers are what damage a gold polish, not the outdoors itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are these made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIndia, by hand. Small differences between pieces in a set are normal and are how you can tell handwork from a machine-pressed import.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order a larger quantity for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Sets like this go out for weddings, temple events and office Diwali parties fairly often. Message us with your date and rough numbers before you order a set of four and we will tell you what we can hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMore festive lighting in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/diwali-diyas-tlights\"\u003eT-Lights \u0026amp; Diwali Diyas\u003c\/a\u003e collection, and the wider \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eIndian Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Diya Set","offer_id":43437574553651,"sku":"diya-code19","price":45.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Diya Set with Potli","offer_id":43437574586419,"sku":"diya-code19-potli","price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/06-gold-jali-tlight-lanterns-coffee-table.jpg?v=1788929181"},{"product_id":"hand-carved-handpainted-wooden-sitting-nandi-statue","title":"Wooden Nandi Statue - 9-Inch Hand-Carved, 10 Colours","description":"\u003cp\u003eNandi is the bull who sits facing Shiva - in every Shiva temple in India there is a Nandi in the courtyard, couchant, looking through the doorway at the shrine. He is Shiva's mount and his gatekeeper, and the custom is to touch his horns and look between them toward the deity. This is that seated Nandi carved in mango wood, nine inches nose to tail, and painted by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e9 inches long x 7 inches high x 4 inches wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 860 g (approx. 1.9 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMango wood, hand-carved and hand-painted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeated - couchant - on an integral base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice is per statue - choose one colour above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e860 g of solid mango wood - a pound and a bit - carved in the round rather than pressed or cast, so the fold of the dewlap and the turn of the head read from any angle. The painting is Rajasthani folk work: a flat ground colour with floral and dot detailing laid over it freehand, the horns and hooves picked out separately. Ten colours, which is more than we offer on anything else, and no two carvings are quite the same shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich colour\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed Baron\u003c\/strong\u003e - deep red with contrast floral work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunrise Orange\u003c\/strong\u003e - warm orange, one of the brightest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLemon Chrome\u003c\/strong\u003e - clear yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarm Pink\u003c\/strong\u003e - soft pink with green detailing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurple Iris\u003c\/strong\u003e - deep violet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectric Blue\u003c\/strong\u003e - bright mid blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImperial Blue\u003c\/strong\u003e - the darker, more traditional blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeafy Green\u003c\/strong\u003e - a fresh mid green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCadmium Green\u003c\/strong\u003e - a warmer, yellower green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFence Green\u003c\/strong\u003e - the deepest of the three greens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere are three greens and two blues in the range, and the names are the artisan's rather than a paint chart. Look at the photographs before choosing - the difference between Cadmium and Fence Green is real but not large.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFacing the mandir, which is where a Nandi traditionally sits - at the entrance to the pooja room or on the shelf below the deity, looking toward it. Otherwise: a console, a bookshelf, a desk, or an entryway table. At nine inches it holds a shelf without dominating it, and the colour is bright enough to carry a corner on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA griha pravesh and housewarming gift, particularly for a Shaivite household. Also given at Maha Shivaratri and as a Diwali gift. It is the piece to choose when you want something recognisably devotional that is still, plainly, a beautiful object.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth, working into the carved detail with a soft brush. Keep water and cleaning sprays off the painted surface. Painted mango wood does not like standing damp or direct all-day sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho is Nandi?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShiva's bull - his vahana, or mount, and the guardian of his shrine. Every Shiva temple has a Nandi seated in the courtyard facing the sanctum, and devotees look between his horns toward the deity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich way should it face?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nToward the deity, if you are placing it near a mandir. That is the temple convention: Nandi always looks at Shiva.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a consecrated idol?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. It is a hand-carved decorative statue in the folk idiom, not a consecrated murti.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNine inches from nose to tail, seven inches tall at the hump, four inches wide. About 1.9 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy are there three greens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBecause the artisan mixes his own colours and these are the three that came out of the workshop. Leafy Green is the freshest, Cadmium Green the warmest, Fence Green the deepest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill mine look exactly like the photograph?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nClose, not identical. Every statue is carved and painted by hand, so the proportions and the floral work vary slightly between pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes - solid mango wood, carved in the round. At 860 g for nine inches the weight tells you it is not a hollow cast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order these in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Email contact@urliutsav.com with your quantity and date and we will quote you and confirm timing before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee more of the range in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/handcrafted-table-decor\"\u003eTable \u0026amp; Shelf Decor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Red Baron","offer_id":42842466189363,"sku":"Nandi-Red-127","price":70.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sunrise Orange","offer_id":42894634844211,"sku":"Nandi-Orange-128","price":70.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Leafy Green","offer_id":43754200924211,"sku":"Nandi-Green-129","price":70.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lemon Chrome","offer_id":42842466091059,"sku":"Nandi-Yellow-130","price":70.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Electric Blue","offer_id":43754200956979,"sku":"Nandi-Blue-131","price":70.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Warm Pink","offer_id":42894633992243,"sku":"Nandi-Pink-132","price":70.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cadmium Green","offer_id":42842466058291,"sku":"Nandi-Green-133","price":70.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple Iris","offer_id":42894608728115,"sku":"Nandi-Purple-134","price":70.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Fence Green","offer_id":42842466123827,"sku":"Nandi-Green-135","price":70.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Imperial Blue","offer_id":42842466156595,"sku":"Nandi-Blue-136","price":70.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/nandi-9.jpg?v=1763232077"},{"product_id":"pearl-t-light-holder-set-5-crafted-diwali-diyas","title":"Gold Pearl Jali T-Light Holder Set of 10 - 4in Metal Diyas","description":"\u003cp\u003eTen flat gold discs, four inches across, each one a pierced jali plate with a single row of white pearls set around the rim. The tea light sits in a small well at the centre and the light comes up through the cutwork around it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of 10 t-light holders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 in diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e400 g for the set of 10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: thin metal with pearl trim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: gold with white pearls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the restrained one. Every other decorative set we carry has painting, mirrors or coloured fabric on it; this has a gold plate, a pearl edge and nothing else. That makes it the set you can put on a table that already has a lot going on - a thali, a rangoli, a spread of food - without the table starting to fight itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour of our sets are flat decorative discs with a tea light well in the middle.\nThey photograph similarly and are not the same thing in the hand:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePearl jali, 4 in, set of 10\u003c\/strong\u003e - all metal. A pierced gold plate with a single\nrow of white pearls at the rim. The plainest and the lightest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunflower \u0026amp; paisley mirror, 4-4.5 in, set of 10\u003c\/strong\u003e - metal with mirror inlay.\nWhite stones set in a radiating sunburst, or a curved mango paisley. The most jewelled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePearl beaded velvet, 5 in, set of 6\u003c\/strong\u003e - craft board and velvet in red or pink,\nwhite pearl outer ring, mirrored centre. Soft to the touch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFloral pearl stonework, 4 in, set of 10\u003c\/strong\u003e - hand-painted pink and green florals\nbetween a pearl rim and a gold mirror centre. The most detailed painting of the four.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAround a puja thali, along a buffet edge, on a coffee table, spaced down a long dining table. Flat enough that nothing catches a sleeve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTen identical pieces at this price is the practical bulk option for return gifts, and the pearl edge lifts it above a plain metal diya without doubling the cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions people ask\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size tea light fits?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA standard 1.5 inch tea light, the size sold in bags at any grocery store. LED tea lights of the same size sit just as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe the metal with a soft dry cloth and go around the pearls with a dry brush. Do not wash it - the pearls are set into the rim and moisture will loosen them over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the pearls real?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, they are moulded pearl-finish beads. Nobody sets river pearls into a ten-piece diya set, and we would rather say so than let the photographs imply otherwise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I float these in water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The pearls are set into the rim with adhesive and water will lift them. For floating diyas you want an urli bowl instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo they stack for storage?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, they nest into each other. The whole set goes back into one small box between festivals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use them outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor an evening, yes - a covered porch or a still patio is fine. Bring them in overnight. Dew and sprinklers are what damage a gold polish, not the outdoors itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are these made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIndia, by hand. Small differences between pieces in a set are normal and are how you can tell handwork from a machine-pressed import.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order a larger quantity for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Sets like this go out for weddings, temple events and office Diwali parties fairly often. Message us with your date and rough numbers before you order ten sets and we will tell you what we can hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMore festive lighting in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/diwali-diyas-tlights\"\u003eT-Lights \u0026amp; Diwali Diyas\u003c\/a\u003e collection, and small-gift ideas in \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-return-gifts\"\u003eIndian Return Gifts\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42542723465267,"sku":"pearldiya","price":45.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/pearlDiya4.jpg?v=1754949213"},{"product_id":"shubh-labh-wall-hanging-set-diwali-decor-india","title":"Shubh Labh Wall Hanging Set - Kundan and Pearl Tassels","description":"\u003cp\u003eA pair of hangings reading Shubh and Labh — auspiciousness and prosperity — hand-embellished with Kundan stones, beads, gota ribbon and thread work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo sizes and five designs, so it works as a small doorway pair or as the main piece above a pooja shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 hangings: Shubh and Labh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: Premium 16 inches, Basic 9 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigns: Premium Pink, Premium Red, Auspicious, Beneficial, Profitable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterials: Kundan, beads, gota, thread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDiwali doorways and pooja rooms · home mandirs and office entrances · Dhanteras and Ganesh Chaturthi · housewarming and Griha Pravesh gifting · Diwali return gifts at a giftable price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWays to use it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHang the pair either side of a main door, with Shubh on the left and Labh on the right. Use the 16 inch Premium size above a pooja shelf where it reads as the main piece, and the 9 inch designs on cabinet fronts, office doors or a mandir frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eOccasions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDiwali and Dhanteras, Ganesh Chaturthi, Griha Pravesh and housewarmings, pooja room and office decor, Diwali return gifts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy customers love it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHand-set Kundan and gota work at a price that still makes sense as a return gift. Two sizes mean the same design works on a small cabinet door or as the centrepiece above a mandir.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to hang\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach hanging takes a single push pin or small adhesive hook at the top. No drilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePins and hooks are not included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHang the pair at eye level, one either side of the door frame, roughly the width of the frame apart so they read as a matched set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare \u0026amp; storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndoor use. Kundan, gota and thread work are not weatherproof.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with a dry cloth or a soft brush. Do not wash — moisture loosens the stone settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore flat between festivals, ideally wrapped in tissue so the Kundan does not catch on other pieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReusable season after season, which is the whole point of choosing these over fresh flowers that are finished by the evening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eExplore more Indian garlands and festive decor in our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/buy-affordable-indian-pooja-garlands-online-in-usa-urli-utsav\"\u003eTorans, Garlands \u0026amp; Danglers\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips free across the USA and Canada from San Ramon, California. Most orders leave within one business day. Handmade in India.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Premium - Pink","offer_id":44323067134003,"sku":"SubhLabh-1","price":25.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Premium - Red","offer_id":44323067166771,"sku":"SubhLabh-2","price":25.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Auspicious","offer_id":42590633001011,"sku":"SubhLabh-3","price":16.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beneficial","offer_id":42590633033779,"sku":"SubhLabh-4","price":14.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Profitable","offer_id":42590633066547,"sku":"SubhLabh-5","price":14.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/shubh-laabh-4.jpg?v=1779040215"},{"product_id":"indian-wall-plate-ram-sita-krishna-pichwai","title":"Indian Wall Plate - 10-Inch Hand-Painted Ram Sita \u0026 Krishna","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis is the deity set: five 10-inch hand-painted plates carrying figures rather than motifs - Ram and Sita together, Krishna, the Vrindavan grove where he kept the cows, a temple cow, and a hand offering a lotus. They are the plates people hang near a mandir or an entryway rather than over a sofa.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 inch diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 mm thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 460 g (approx. 1 lb \/ 16.2 oz) per plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF board, hand-painted and varnished\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-painted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanging hook fitted to the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice is per plate - choose one design above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative only, not food safe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy these work on a wall\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e460 g each - about a pound. That is the number that makes a gallery wall of these practical: a single small nail or a rated pushpin holds one, so you can hang five or six without touching a stud, and move them when the arrangement is wrong. The varnish coat is what keeps the paint from scuffing when you take them down and put them back up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich of the five\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRam Sita\u003c\/strong\u003e - the two figures together, in red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKrishna\u003c\/strong\u003e - a figure in profile beneath a large pink lotus headdress\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVrindavan\u003c\/strong\u003e - Krishna in a red turban playing the flute among cows beneath a willow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePichwai Cow\u003c\/strong\u003e - a white cow framed in a blue temple archway under a crescent moon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLotus\u003c\/strong\u003e - a blue hand holding a pink lotus, on black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRam Sita and Vrindavan are the two narrative designs; Krishna, Pichwai Cow and Lotus are single images and read more quietly. Check the photographs against the design names before choosing - the palettes are deliberately different from one another.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere they go\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStair walls, entryway walls, above a console or a sideboard, in a kitchen nook, or filling the awkward vertical strip beside a doorway that nothing else fits. A single plate reads as an accent; three or more read as a collection. They also sit well interleaved with a wooden cow or elephant head from the same range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe other plate designs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwenty-one designs are spread across four listings, all the same 10-inch plate at the same price. This one carries five deity and Vrindavan designs. The others are the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/handpainted-wooden-wall-plate-ethnic-decor\"\u003esix Pichwai cow designs\u003c\/a\u003e, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/10-ethnic-wooden-wall-plate\"\u003efour Krishna, peacock and cow designs\u003c\/a\u003e and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/handpainted-wooden-boho-wall-plate-rajakumari-elephant-and-more-designs\"\u003esix boho portrait and elephant designs\u003c\/a\u003e. Mix freely - they were made to hang together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHanging them\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hook is already fitted to the back of each plate. At 460 g a small nail or a heavy-duty pushpin is enough - no anchors needed. For a group, lay the plates out on the floor first and photograph the arrangement before you put a single hole in the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe with a soft cloth. Glass cleaner applied to the cloth rather than sprayed will lift finger marks off the varnish. Do not soak them and do not put them in a dishwasher - they are painted MDF, not ceramic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Vrindavan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe grove on the Yamuna where Krishna spent his childhood herding cattle. The design shows him with the cows and the flute, which is the scene the name refers to.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this suitable to hang in a pooja room?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. These are the designs in the plate range most often bought for a mandir wall or the wall beside it. They are decorative rather than consecrated - treat them as you would any framed deity image.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I eat off it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. These are decorative wall plates - hand-painted, varnished MDF, not glazed ceramic and not food safe. They are made to hang, not to serve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it real wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMDF board, which is engineered wood. It is what makes a 10-inch plate come in at 460 g and stay perfectly flat instead of warping the way a thin solid-wood disc would.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I mix designs from your other plate listings?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, and most people do. All four plate listings are the same 10-inch size, the same thickness and the same price, so they hang together as one set regardless of which listing they came from.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come ready to hang?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. A hook is fitted to the back. Nails and pushpins are not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill mine look exactly like the photograph?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nClose, not identical. Each plate is painted by hand, so line weight and colour depth shift a little between pieces. That variation is the reason to buy a hand-painted plate rather than a printed one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the price for one plate or a set?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nOne plate. Choose your design from the dropdown. Add several to the cart if you want a group.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan they go in a kitchen or a bathroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA dry kitchen wall away from the hob is fine. Bathrooms are not - steam gets into MDF and lifts the varnish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if one arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor hospitality, restaurants, stores or corporate gifting, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote you for a bulk order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Plates travel flat with corner protection. If one arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-handcrafted-wall-arts\"\u003eIndian Handcrafted Wall Art collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Ram Sita","offer_id":42951566393395,"sku":"WallArt-Ram","price":45.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Krishna","offer_id":42951566426163,"sku":"WallArt-Krishna","price":45.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Vrindavan","offer_id":42951566458931,"sku":"WallArt-Vrindavan","price":45.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pichwai Cow","offer_id":42951566491699,"sku":"WallArt-Pichwai","price":45.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lotus","offer_id":42951598440499,"sku":"WallArt-Lotus","price":45.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/WoodenPlate-Ethnic.jpg?v=1737492189"},{"product_id":"hand-painted-nandi-head-wall-art","title":"Hand-Painted Nandi Head Wall Sculpture – 6 Rustic Colours","description":"\u003cp\u003eSix weathered, warm colourways of the hand-carved Nandi head — including Drift Wood, the one finish in the range where the mango wood is left largely bare so you can read the grain and the tool marks. This is our most-reviewed cow head listing, at 4.93 across fourteen reviews.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately 17\"H × 13\"W × 4.5\"D, measured across the ears\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 850 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: mango wood, hand-carved and hand-painted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting: keyhole hanger on a flat backing plate at the rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEars carved separately and slotted in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandcrafted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow it is made\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach head is cut from a single block of mango wood and shaped by hand before any paint touches it. The painting is the slow part — fine brush line work laid over a base coat by artisans who have been painting this one form for years. The eye, the brow motif, the beaded collar: all freehand. What arrives is one craftsman’s afternoon of work, not a moulded copy off a line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe six colours\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDark Green\u003c\/strong\u003e — so dark it reads almost black, with deep red horns and a multicolour floral face panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrift Wood\u003c\/strong\u003e — bare mango wood, white line work only, with small Warli-style figures painted along the muzzle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrangy Red\u003c\/strong\u003e — warm terracotta with green and black horn tips and a gold face panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePirate Gold\u003c\/strong\u003e — ochre yellow with black-tipped horns and red detailing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRustic Red\u003c\/strong\u003e — deep red with blue and yellow horns and a gold and blue face panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeep Sea Blue\u003c\/strong\u003e — strong blue with red and green horns and gold brow work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFarmhouse and rustic interiors, where the weathered palette does most of the work. Entryways, stair walls, above a bench or a console. Drift Wood in particular suits rooms that are already full of colour and cannot take more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHanging it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere is a keyhole slot in a flat plate on the back. Drive a screw or a nail with a head into the wall, leave it standing a few millimetres proud, and drop the keyhole over it. At 850 g a drywall anchor is plenty — but a bare pushpin is not enough to hold it. Screws and wall anchors are not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust with a dry cloth. Keep it out of prolonged direct sunlight so the colours hold. Do not use water or solvent cleaners on the painted surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Drift Wood painted at all?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nOnly the detail. The body is left as bare mango wood, with white freehand line work on the face and brow and a row of small Warli-style figures along the muzzle. It is the closest thing in the range to seeing the carving on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the colours match the photos?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — that is the single thing customers mention most in reviews. Each head is painted freehand, so the fine line work varies a little from piece to piece, but the base colour is the colour shown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the ears fixed or removable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThey are carved as separate pieces and slot into the head — that is how the piece survives shipping intact. Seat each ear firmly into its slot when you unpack it. If one sits loose, a dab of wood glue in the slot holds it permanently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this Nandi or a cow?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe form comes from South Indian folk carving, where the same shape is made both as the sacred cow and as Nandi, Shiva’s bull. It is sold and lived with as either.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. For gallery walls, stores, events or corporate gifting, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote you for a bulk order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it — transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-handcrafted-wall-arts\"\u003eIndian Wall Art collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Dark Green","offer_id":43027472678963,"sku":"cowhead-174","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Drift Wood","offer_id":43027472711731,"sku":"cowhead-Natural","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orangy Red","offer_id":43027472744499,"sku":"cowhead-171","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pirate Gold","offer_id":43027472777267,"sku":"cowhead-169","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Rustic Red","offer_id":43027472810035,"sku":"cowhead-173","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Deep Sea Blue","offer_id":43028572897331,"sku":"cowhead-176","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/cowhead-urliutsav1-main.jpg?v=1739350883"},{"product_id":"jharokha-wall-mirror-12x10","title":"Jharokha Wall Mirror 12x10 – 5 Hand-Painted Colours","description":"\u003cp\u003eFive hand-painted colourways of the 12 × 10 inch jharokha mirror — Red, Gable Green, Faded Purple, Yellow and Lunar Green. This is the best-rated of our small jharokhas: a straight 5.0 across seven reviews, with “the prettiest mirror I’ve ever had” among them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12\"L × 10\"W × 10mm thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 800 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF frame with a glass mirror\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-painted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat metal hanging bracket fitted to the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePortrait orientation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe painting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach frame is painted freehand over a solid ground. Two of these five are the sparse, confident white line work our jharokhas are known for — Red and Gable Green. The other three go further: Faded Purple carries pink and green butterflies across the top corners, Lunar Green runs orange paisley down both sides, and Yellow has small white birds perched in the arch. All five are finished by one hand from base coat to last stroke.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe five colours\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed\u003c\/strong\u003e — deep red with white scrolling vine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGable Green\u003c\/strong\u003e — dark teal-green with dense white line work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaded Purple\u003c\/strong\u003e — soft lilac with pink and green floral butterflies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYellow\u003c\/strong\u003e — golden yellow with white birds and daisies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLunar Green\u003c\/strong\u003e — deep green with orange and yellow paisley\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEntryways, powder rooms, bedsides, and apartment walls generally — several reviewers mention hanging it in a rental. Small enough to go where a full-size mirror will not, and light enough to hang on a single nail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHanging it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA flat metal bracket is fitted to the back, ready for a single nail or screw. At 800 g one fixing into drywall holds it. Screws and wall anchors are not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGlass cleaner on the mirror, applied to the cloth rather than sprayed on the frame. Dust the painted surface with a dry cloth only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is this different from your other 12 × 10 jharokhas?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSame frame, same size, same price. The colours differ, and so does the style of painting on each. Buying across the listings is how people build a mixed grid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the frame wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo — MDF, and we would rather say so. It holds a flat painted surface true and takes fine brushwork cleanly. The craft here is the painting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIt looks Moroccan to me. Is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is Rajasthani. The pointed arch is shared across a lot of Islamic and South Asian architecture, which is why the two styles read as cousins — a reviewer called it a Moroccan mirror and we knew exactly what she meant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. For feature walls, stores, events or corporate gifting, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote you for a bulk order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it — transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/handcrafted-rajasthani-jharokha-decor\"\u003eJharokha Wall Frames collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Red","offer_id":43105889583155,"sku":"mirror-red-206","price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gable Green","offer_id":43105889615923,"sku":"mirror-green-247","price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Faded Purple","offer_id":43105889648691,"sku":"mirror-purple-201","price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow","offer_id":43105889681459,"sku":"mirror-yellow-200","price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lunar Green","offer_id":43105889746995,"sku":"mirror-green-205","price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/SmallJharokha-UrliUtsav-1_d23a4ac2-39d6-451d-a8df-5de311da13a1.jpg?v=1739779218"},{"product_id":"large-brass-ganesha-statue","title":"Brass Ganesha Statue – Large Handcrafted Ganesh Idol in 3 Designs","description":"\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003elarge brass Ganesha statue\u003c\/strong\u003e in three distinct designs, from 9.5 to 11 inches tall and 2.8 to 4.2 kg. Ganesha — Ganpati, Vinayak, Vinayagar — is the remover of obstacles, installed first at housewarmings and placed at entrances. Each design is cast in solid brass and hand-engraved in India, so the choice is about which form suits your space rather than a difference in quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: solid brass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: polished gold tone with hand-engraved detailing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSizes and weights as listed per design above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle piece — one statue in the design you select\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandcrafted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich design should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll three are solid brass with the same hand-engraved finish. They differ in posture, silhouette and footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLotus Blessing\u003c\/strong\u003e — seated in a calm posture with a lotus motif and the blessing mudra, backed by a rayed halo disc. The most traditional of the three and the widest at the base.\u003cbr\u003e9.5\"L × 6.5\"W × 5.5\"D · 4,225 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMajestic Kirtimukha\u003c\/strong\u003e — framed by a ringed halo arch carrying the Kirtimukha, the protective guardian face traditionally set above thresholds and shrine doorways. The tallest and most vertical.\u003cbr\u003e11\"L × 5.5\"W × 4.5\"D · 4,175 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegal Turban\u003c\/strong\u003e — a reclining profile pose with a royal turban. The most contemporary in feel and the lightest, so it suits a narrow shelf or a modern console.\u003cbr\u003e10.5\"L × 6\"W × 4\"D · 2,840 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf it is going at an entrance, Kirtimukha carries the strongest threshold association. If it is going in a pooja room, Lotus Blessing is the conventional form. If it is going in a living room as sculpture, Regal Turban reads most as decor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHome temple or pooja room.\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eEntryway console\u003c\/strong\u003e, where Ganesha is traditionally placed. \u003cstrong\u003eLiving room shelf or mantel.\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDesk altar or study.\u003c\/strong\u003e Also used in yoga studios, wellness spaces and Indian restaurants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGanesha marks beginnings, so this suits a \u003cstrong\u003ehousewarming\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003egriha pravesh\u003c\/strong\u003e, a wedding, a new business, a retirement, or any milestone worth marking. It is a standard \u003cstrong\u003eDiwali\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eGanesh Chaturthi\u003c\/strong\u003e gift. Because there are three designs at three price points, it also works when you are buying for someone whose taste you know but whose decor you do not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich design is the largest?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nKirtimukha is the tallest at 11 inches. Lotus Blessing is the heaviest at 4,225 g. Regal Turban is the longest in profile at 10.5 inches but the lightest at 2,840 g.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I receive all three designs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. You receive one statue in the single design you select. Each is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid brass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, solid brass throughout. The weights — between 2.8 and 4.2 kg — reflect that.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Kirtimukha?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA protective guardian face from Indian temple architecture, traditionally carved above doorways and shrine entrances to ward off negative energy. On this design it sits within the halo arch above Ganesha.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the finish tarnish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBrass darkens naturally over time. Polish it back with a standard brass cleaner, or leave it to develop a patina — both are normal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe with a soft dry cloth. Avoid moisture. Not dishwasher safe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Brass is heavy and we pack it accordingly — if anything arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSee more brass decor and spiritual statues in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/collections\/brass-love\"\u003eBrass Love Collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Lotus Blessing","offer_id":43362737520691,"sku":"ganesha19","price":215.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Majestic Kirtimukha","offer_id":43362737553459,"sku":"ganesha18","price":220.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Regal Turban","offer_id":43362737586227,"sku":"ganesha17","price":190.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/brassganeshastatue-1.jpg?v=1763259471"},{"product_id":"annam-bird-brass-diya","title":"Annam Bird Brass Diya - 8.5in Kuthu Vilakku Oil Lamp","description":"\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003enilavilakku\u003c\/strong\u003e - the South Indian standing oil lamp - topped with the \u003cstrong\u003eAnnam\u003c\/strong\u003e, the mythical swan of Indian scripture said to be able to separate milk from water, and used as a symbol of discernment. This one stands 8.5 inches on a 5-inch base, in solid brass with a golden polish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight 8.5 in · base diameter 5 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight 1,410 g (approx. 50 oz \/ 3.1 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: solid brass with a golden polish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForm: Annam bird nilavilakku (samai \/ kuthu vilakku)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as a single lamp, not a pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandcrafted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1,410 g in an 8.5-inch lamp.\u003c\/strong\u003e That is 3.1 lb of brass in a piece you can hold in one hand, and it is why the lamp does not shift when you light it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe Annam finial is the whole point.\u003c\/strong\u003e Most nilavilakku carry a plain flame-shaped tip or a peacock. The swan is the less common and more specifically South Indian choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA 5-inch base on an 8.5-inch lamp\u003c\/strong\u003e - a wide footprint for the height, which is what keeps it stable on an uneven mandir shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA pooja room or home mandir, an entryway console, or a dining table at a festival. At 8.5 inches it is the size that fits on a shelf, where a 32-inch floor samai will not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGiven at housewarmings, weddings and Karthigai Deepam. Buy two if the gift is meant to be a pair - lamps are traditionally lit in twos either side of a deity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I get one lamp or two?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nOne. It is sold individually. Add two to your cart if you want the pair that is usually lit either side of an idol.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Annam bird?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA mythical swan from Indian scripture, said to be able to drink the milk from a mixture of milk and water. It stands for discernment - the ability to take what is true and leave the rest - which is why it appears on temple lamps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat oil and wick does it take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSesame or coconut oil with a cotton wick, or ghee. The reservoir holds enough for a full evening of burning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid brass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. At 1,410 g at 8.5 inches the weight confirms it - a plated or hollow piece of these dimensions would weigh a fraction as much.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe out the cooled oil with a paper towel, then dust with a dry cloth. Pitambari powder, Brasso or lemon and salt all bring the shine back. Dry it thoroughly afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the finish change over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBrass darkens naturally. Polish it back with a standard brass cleaner if you prefer it bright, or leave it to deepen - both are normal and neither harms the piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is made for indoor use. Brass weathers and spots outdoors, so keep it sheltered if you put it on a covered porch or patio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so please check the dimensions against your space first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Brass is heavy and we pack it accordingly - if anything arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee more brass decor and spiritual pieces in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/collections\/brass-love\"\u003eBrass Love Collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43368962818099,"sku":"annamdiya","price":125.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/brass-annam-bird-diya3.jpg?v=1772436074"},{"product_id":"brass-dhoop-dani-peacock","title":"Brass Dhoop Dani Incense Burner - Peacock Lid, Tortoise Base","description":"\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003edhoop dani\u003c\/strong\u003e is the covered brass burner used for loban, sambrani and dhoop during pooja - the smoke is carried through the house afterwards to clear the air. This one has a pierced peacock lid so the smoke escapes evenly, standing on a three-legged tortoise base that keeps the hot body clear of the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKurma: 5 in high · 5.5 in diameter · 1,000 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePushpa: 7 in high · 5.5 in diameter · 1,200 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: brass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: hand-engraved peacock lid on a three-legged tortoise base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandcrafted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe tortoise base is not decoration.\u003c\/strong\u003e Three cast legs lift the body off the table, so a burner full of hot charcoal does not mark a wood surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy brass, 1,000 to 1,200 g.\u003c\/strong\u003e Brass holds heat, which keeps sambrani smouldering steadily rather than flaring and dying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe peacock lid lifts off by the finial\u003c\/strong\u003e, which stays cool enough to handle for longer than the body does.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo sizes, same construction:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKurma\u003c\/strong\u003e - 5 in high, 5.5 in across, 1,000 g. The everyday size for a mandir shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePushpa\u003c\/strong\u003e - 7 in high, 5.5 in across, 1,200 g. Same footprint, taller profile, so it reads as a display piece as well as a burner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA pooja room or home mandir. Also carried room to room after aarti, which is the traditional use, and used in living rooms for sambrani in place of a candle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA Diwali and housewarming gift, and a common return gift. It suits people who use incense already and have been making do with a stick holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I burn in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nLoban, sambrani, dhoop cones, agarbatti or bakhoor. Charcoal discs work too, which is how resin incense is usually burned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the outside get hot?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Brass conducts heat and the body will be hot while it is burning. The tortoise legs keep it off the surface and the finial on the lid stays cooler, but use a mat and let it cool before you move it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich size should I buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nKurma at 5 inches for a mandir shelf or daily use. Pushpa at 7 inches if you want the taller silhouette on display - the base footprint is the same either way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean out the ash?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nLet it cool completely, tip out the ash, then wipe the inside with a dry cloth. Do not wash the inside - residue and water together will stain the brass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the finish change over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBrass darkens naturally. Polish it back with a standard brass cleaner if you prefer it bright, or leave it to deepen - both are normal and neither harms the piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor an evening on a covered patio, yes. Bring it in afterwards; brass spots outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so please check the dimensions against your space first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Brass is heavy and we pack it accordingly - if anything arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee more brass decor and spiritual pieces in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/collections\/brass-love\"\u003eBrass Love Collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Kurma","offer_id":44502545662003,"sku":"brass-dhoopdhani-1","price":65.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pushpa","offer_id":44502545694771,"sku":"brass-dhoopdhani-2","price":70.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/dhoopdhani-2.jpg?v=1783556029"},{"product_id":"brass-masala-dabba-spice-box","title":"Brass Masala Dabba - 8in Spice Box with 7 Bowls and Spoon","description":"\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003emasala dabba\u003c\/strong\u003e is the round spice tin that sits beside the stove in most Indian kitchens - one lidded box holding seven small bowls, so the whole day's spices come out in one hand. This one is brass rather than the usual steel, 8 inches across, with a hand-engraved mandala on the lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 in diameter · 2.5 in height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContents: brass box with lid, 7 removable bowls, 1 spoon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight 900 g (approx. 32 oz \/ 2 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: brass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: hand-engraved mandala motif\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandcrafted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrass, not stainless steel.\u003c\/strong\u003e Almost every masala dabba sold is pressed steel. This one is 900 g of brass and is meant to sit out on the counter rather than live in a cupboard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeven removable bowls and a spoon\u003c\/strong\u003e, the standard configuration - turmeric, chilli, cumin, coriander, mustard, salt and whatever the seventh is in your house.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHand-engraved mandala lid\u003c\/strong\u003e, done in India, which is what makes it a counter object rather than a storage tin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the counter beside the stove, which is where it earns its keep. Also used on a dining table for condiments, or on a shelf holding dry fruit and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA housewarming or wedding gift for someone who actually cooks, and a common Diwali gift. It is the rare decorative brass piece that gets used every day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it food safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, brass has been used for Indian cookware and storage for centuries. Keep it dry and clean it regularly - acidic spices left damp against bare brass will mark it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put it in the dishwasher?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. Hand wash the bowls with a mild non-abrasive soap and dry them immediately with a soft cotton cloth. Dishwasher detergent will strip the finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many spices does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSeven, one per bowl. The bowls lift out so you can wash or refill them individually.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it seal airtight?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe lid seats snugly and keeps dust out, but it is not a vacuum seal. For whole spices you want to keep for months, an airtight jar is better - this is for what you cook with weekly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the finish change over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBrass darkens naturally. Polish it back with a standard brass cleaner if you prefer it bright, or leave it to deepen - both are normal and neither harms the piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the outside?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe with a dry cloth. Brass polish or a lemon-and-salt rub restores the shine when it dulls. Keep polish away from the inside of the bowls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so please check the dimensions against your space first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Brass is heavy and we pack it accordingly - if anything arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee more brass decor and spiritual pieces in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/collections\/brass-love\"\u003eBrass Love Collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43436811616307,"sku":"masalabox","price":70.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/brass-masalabox-1.jpg?v=1749273653"},{"product_id":"13-piece-lotus-cutout-urli-set","title":"Lotus Motif Jumbo Urli Bowl Set – 13-Piece Wedding \u0026 Diwali Centerpiece","description":"\u003cp\u003eThirteen pieces that set up as one arrangement: three large bowls with lotus shapes cut right through their sides, each on its own stand, plus seven small four-inch bowls to scatter around them. Light the large bowls and the cutwork throws lotus shadows onto the table. It is built to be the single centrepiece on a long table rather than one object among several.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePieces: 13 (3 cutout bowls, 3 stands, 7 small bowls)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge bowls: 14, 11 and 10 inches in diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight on stand: 11 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall bowls: 4 inches in diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal weight: 3,800 g (approx. 8.4 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: iron with a hammered gold finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecoration: lotus shapes cut through the bowl sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot dishwasher safe. Keep dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThirteen pieces, and they work as a group.\u003c\/strong\u003e Three raised bowls at 11 inches tall with seven small ones at table level gives you two heights and a spread, which is what makes an arrangement read rather than look like scattered bowls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe lotus is cut through, not stamped on.\u003c\/strong\u003e Light passes out through the sides of the three large bowls, so a tealight inside patterns whatever it stands on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3,800 g (approx. 8.4 lb) across the set.\u003c\/strong\u003e The stands are weighted enough that a full bowl does not tip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheaper than buying the pieces separately,\u003c\/strong\u003e which is the reason most people choose a set this size for a wedding or a Diwali table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the set\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 lotus-cutout bowls — 14, 11 and 10 inches across, 11 inches tall on their stands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 stands, one for each large bowl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e7 small accent bowls — 4 inches across\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stands lift off, so the three large bowls can also be used flat on a table if you want a lower arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA wedding stage or a mandap edge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA long dining table at Diwali, the three raised bowls down the middle and the seven small ones between them\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn entryway or a floor-level welcome arrangement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSatyanarayan Puja, Varalakshmi Vratam and Ganesh Chaturthi setups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSplit up — the three large bowls in one room, the seven small ones elsewhere\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt thirteen pieces this is a substantial gift rather than a token, and it suits the occasions where a family is setting up decor for the first time — a wedding, a new house, a first Diwali. Event decorators buy it as a ready-made table set. If you need more than one, get in touch before ordering so we can confirm stock against your date and talk about price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you get to thirteen?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThree large cutout bowls, three stands and seven small bowls. The stands are counted because they are separate pieces, not welded on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the stands come off?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The bowls lift off their stands, so you can use them raised or flat depending on the table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe sides have holes in them — will they hold water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe lotus shapes are cut right through, so these bowls do not hold water. Use them dry with petals and tealights, or set a small glass dish inside if you want a water effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much space does the whole set need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAllow about three feet of table length to lay all thirteen out with room between them. On a smaller table, use the three large bowls and keep the small ones back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the seven small bowls cut out too?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, they are plain hammered bowls. They will hold a little water or a tealight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow tall is it on the table?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e11 inches with the stand — high enough to be seen down a long table, low enough to talk across.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the gold solid, or a finish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA finish. These are iron with a gold polish over the top — not solid brass and not plating. That is what puts the price where it is. It will mark if you drag it across a hard surface or knock it, so lift rather than slide it and keep pieces apart in storage. If you want metal that cannot scratch off, our brass urlis are solid all the way through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. This is iron under a gold polish, so keep it dry — do not wash it, do not put it in the dishwasher, and do not leave it outdoors overnight. Wipe out any spilled wax or oil once it has cooled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor an evening under cover, yes. Bring it in afterwards rather than leaving it out overnight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/urlibowls\"\u003eUrli Bowls \u0026amp; Centerpieces\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or the rest of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43438528659507,"sku":"Kamal-Motif-Urli","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/JumboUrli-1.jpg?v=1749416634"},{"product_id":"brass-shankh-chakra-hanging-diya","title":"Brass Shankh and Chakra Hanging Diya - Set of 2 with Chains","description":"\u003cp\u003eTwo brass hanging oil lamps, one topped with the \u003cstrong\u003eShankh\u003c\/strong\u003e and one with the \u003cstrong\u003eChakra\u003c\/strong\u003e - the conch and the discus, two of the four emblems Vishnu holds. Each hangs from a 14-inch chain and holds oil and a wick, so they light a pooja room from above rather than from a shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of 2 hanging oil lamps, Shankh and Chakra\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 in high · 3.5 in wide, each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChain length 14 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight 1,370 g for the set (approx. 48 oz \/ 3 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: brass with a golden polish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandcrafted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThey hang.\u003c\/strong\u003e Almost every brass diya sits on a surface. These free up the shelf and put the light at eye level, which is how temple lamps are hung.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA matched pair of emblems, not two of the same.\u003c\/strong\u003e Shankh and Chakra are meant to flank - one on each side of the deity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1,370 g for the set\u003c\/strong\u003e - about 3 lb - so they hang straight and steady instead of spinning on the chain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA pooja room or home mandir, hung either side of the deity. Also used in an entryway, on a balcony under cover, or flanking a doorway during Diwali and Karthigai Deepam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA housewarming or wedding gift for someone who already has table lamps and has run out of surface. The pair format makes it complete as it comes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I hang them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFrom the chain at the top, on a ceiling hook or a wall bracket. At roughly 685 g each they need a proper hook rather than an adhesive one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat oil and wick do they take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSesame or coconut oil with a cotton wick, or ghee. Fill the bowl to about two-thirds so it does not slop when the lamp swings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat do the Shankh and Chakra stand for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe conch and the discus, two of the four attributes Vishnu carries. The Shankh is associated with purity and the sound that opens a ritual; the Chakra with order and righteousness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo they swing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThey settle quickly once hung. Keep them clear of a door that slams or a vent blowing directly on them, particularly when lit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid brass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. At 1,370 g for the pair the weight confirms it - a plated or hollow piece of these dimensions would weigh a fraction as much.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe out the cooled oil with a paper towel, then dust with a dry cloth. Pitambari powder, Brasso or lemon and salt all bring the shine back. Dry it thoroughly afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the finish change over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBrass darkens naturally. Polish it back with a standard brass cleaner if you prefer it bright, or leave it to deepen - both are normal and neither harms the piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so please check the dimensions against your space first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Brass is heavy and we pack it accordingly - if anything arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee more brass decor and spiritual pieces in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/collections\/brass-love\"\u003eBrass Love Collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43514967621683,"sku":"shankcakra","price":110.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/shankchakra3_a052f7f0-7d21-4064-8037-443e8294416a.jpg?v=1753063346"},{"product_id":"potli-bags-set-of-10","title":"Potli Bags Set of 10 - Bandhani Drawstring Favour Pouches","description":"\u003cp\u003eA potli is the drawstring pouch Indian clothing used instead of pockets - gathered at the neck with a cord, carried by the wrist. These are made in Bandhani, the tie-dye of Gujarat and Rajasthan, and finished with gold tassels. Ten bags to a set, eight inches square, in an assortment of colours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of 10 bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 x 8 inches each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal weight: 200 g (approx. 7 oz) for all ten\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBandhani-dyed fabric with bead and tassel trim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrawstring closure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry clean only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice is for the set of ten\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat Bandhani is\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBandhani, or bandhej, is tie-dye done at a scale that is hard to believe until you see it close up. The cloth is pinched into hundreds of tiny points, each one tied off with thread, then dyed - the tied points resist the dye and come out as dots. The word comes from bandhan, to tie. It is one of the oldest surviving dye traditions in India and the reason these bags have that speckled, uneven pattern rather than a printed one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy these\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTen bags for the price most places charge for two or three, and they are the return gift guests actually keep. A potli holds earrings, a ring, coins, a car key - so it stays in a drawer and gets reused instead of going in the bin the week after the wedding. 200 g for all ten, which means a set posts anywhere for almost nothing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the set\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTen bags in total, eight inches square\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn assortment of colours - red, yellow, pink and a pale gold or ivory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery bag has a drawstring neck and gold tassels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe colour split is fixed rather than chosen, and it is roughly two or three of each. Check the photographs for the exact shades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere they work\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWedding and mehndi favours, Diwali gift bags, a return gift table at a function, or filled with sweets and set at each place. Outside a function they are jewellery pouches - one bangle stack per bag keeps the whole lot from tangling in a suitcase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a bulk-gifting product first. Weddings, mehndi and haldi, Diwali, baby showers, a Golu, or a corporate Diwali hamper. Most customers fill them before giving - dry fruit, chocolates, a small silver coin, or the gift itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDry clean only. Bandhani is dyed rather than printed, so washing at home will bleed the colour. Keep them out of prolonged direct sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many bags do I get?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTen. The price is for the whole set, not per bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I choose the colours?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo - the assortment is fixed. You get a spread across red, yellow, pink and a pale gold or ivory. If you need a single colour in quantity, email us and we will tell you what is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is eight inches, in practice?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAbout the size of a paperback. It takes a bangle stack, a jewellery set, a phone, or a handful of sweets - not a clutch you would carry to dinner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they lined?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThey are fabric pouches with a drawstring, made for dry items. Do not use them for anything oily or wet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Bandhani?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA tie-dye technique from Gujarat and Rajasthan in which the cloth is tied off in hundreds of tiny points before dyeing, so the tied spots stay undyed. The dots are the signature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill mine look exactly like the photographs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nClose, not identical. Bandhani is a hand process, so the dot pattern and the depth of colour vary from bag to bag - that is what tells you it is not printed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order more than ten?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Email contact@urliutsav.com with your quantity and your date and we will quote you and confirm timing before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if they arrive damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace them or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee more gifting pieces in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-return-gifts\"\u003eIndian Return Gifts\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43564268552243,"sku":"potli-gift","price":48.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/Potli-3.jpg?v=1770537475"},{"product_id":"pearl-potli-bags-set","title":"Pearl Potli Bags - Set of 2 Bandhani Pouches with Pearl Straps","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe dressed-up version of the potli: two Bandhani drawstring pouches, ten inches square, with a multi-strand pearl and gold-bead strap instead of a plain cord, and a beaded mandala medallion worked into the front. These are made to be carried at a function rather than handed out at the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of 2 bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 x 10 inches each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal weight: approx. 100 g (3.5 oz) for the pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBandhani-dyed fabric with pearls, beads and tassel trim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrawstring closure with a pearl strap handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry clean only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice is for the set of two\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat Bandhani is\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBandhani, or bandhej, is the tie-dye of Gujarat and Rajasthan. The cloth is pinched into hundreds of tiny points, each tied off with thread, then dyed - the tied points resist and come out as dots. The word comes from bandhan, to tie. It is why the pattern here is speckled and slightly irregular rather than printed and even.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy these\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe strap is the difference. A plain potli has a cord you pull; this one has a looped handle strung with pearls and gold beads, long enough to hang from the wrist. On the front, a mandala medallion is beaded on by hand - not appliqued, not printed. Two bags to a set, 100 g for the pair, so they post as easily as a card.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the set\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo bags, ten inches square each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePearl and gold bead strap handle on each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeaded mandala medallion on the front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGold tassels at the base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe colourways shown across the photographs include pink, yellow, maroon and gold. Check the images on this listing for the pair currently supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere they work\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarried at a wedding, a mehndi or a sangeet - this is the bag that goes with the outfit rather than the one the outfit's jewellery arrives in. Also given as a bridesmaid gift, and used as a jewellery pouch for travel, where the pearl strap makes it easy to find in a bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBridesmaid and bridal party gifts, a mehndi favour for the close family rather than the whole guest list, a birthday, or a gift for someone who already has plenty of things and no more room for objects. If you need pouches in bulk for a whole function, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/indian-handmade-potli-bags-set-of-10-wedding-favor-return-gift-clutch-purse-drawstring-pouch-free-usa-shipping\"\u003eplain Bandhani set of ten\u003c\/a\u003e is the one to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDry clean only. Bandhani is dyed rather than printed, so washing at home will bleed the colour. Keep the pearl strap out of perfume and hairspray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many bags do I get?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTwo. The price is for the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is this different from your set of ten?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThese are larger at ten inches, they have a pearl and gold bead strap handle rather than a plain drawstring cord, and they carry a beaded mandala medallion on the front. The set of ten is the plain version, made for handing out in quantity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the pearls real?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. They are decorative faux pearls strung with gold-toned beads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the strap long enough to carry on the shoulder?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is a wrist-length looped handle, not a shoulder strap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat will fit inside?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAt ten inches square: a phone, a jewellery set, a lipstick and a card. It is a functional evening pouch, not a handbag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Bandhani?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA tie-dye technique from Gujarat and Rajasthan in which the cloth is tied off in hundreds of tiny points before dyeing, so the tied spots stay undyed. The dots are the signature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill mine look exactly like the photographs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nClose, not identical. Bandhani is a hand process and the beadwork is applied by hand, so both vary between bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order these in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Email contact@urliutsav.com with your quantity and your date and we will quote you and confirm timing before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if they arrive damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace them or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee more gifting pieces in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-return-gifts\"\u003eIndian Return Gifts\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43564413255731,"sku":"potli-wedding","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/potliimage1.jpg?v=1755845507"},{"product_id":"gold-mirror-diya-set-of-10","title":"Mirror Diya Set of 10 - Gold Sunflower, Paisley, Kalash or Deep","description":"\u003cp\u003eA diya is the small lamp lit at Diwali, at puja and on any auspicious evening in an Indian home. These are tea light versions: ten gold metal t-light holders set with small white mirrors, in your choice of four shapes. Pick a radiating sunflower, a curved mango paisley, a kalash (the sacred water pot set up at the start of a puja) or a deep, the classic lamp shape with a flame rising from the top. All four are the same size, 4 to 4.5 inches across, and the most heavily decorated set in this collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of 10 t-light holders, all in the one design you choose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour designs: sunflower (round), mango paisley (curved), kalash (pot shape with a leaf crown) or deep (lamp shape with a flame tip)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 to 4.5 in across, 0.75 in high (the same size in all four designs)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e450 to 500 g for the set of 10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll four designs hold a standard 1.5 in tea light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: iron with mirror inlay, gold polished\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mirrors are the reason. A gold diya reflects the flame once, off the metal. A mirror-set diya reflects it thirty or forty times, off every stone, and the effect changes as you walk past. It is also why this set costs more than the plain jali version - each stone is placed and set by hand into the metal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe four shapes do different jobs. The kalash and the deep are puja shapes: the kalash is the pot used in Kalash Sthapana, griha pravesh and Varalakshmi Vratam, and \"deep\" is simply the Hindi word for lamp. The sunflower and paisley read as festive decoration rather than ritual objects, and the paisley's mango curve breaks up a straight line of holders nicely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it for a puja or for decorating?\u003c\/strong\u003e For a mandir, an altar or a griha pravesh, choose the kalash or the deep. For a dining table, mantel or party, choose the sunflower or paisley.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill they sit in a straight row?\u003c\/strong\u003e The sunflower is round and lines up evenly. The kalash and deep have a flat base and point upward, so they suit a step edge, a rangoli border or a shelf facing one way. The paisley curves, so it looks best alternating or in a cluster.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is this different from our other diya sets?\u003c\/strong\u003e Four of our sets are flat decorative pieces with a tea light well in the middle. They photograph similarly and are not the same thing in the hand:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePearl jali, 4 in, set of 10\u003c\/strong\u003e - all metal. A pierced gold plate with a single row of white pearls at the rim. The plainest and the lightest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMirror diyas, 4-4.5 in, set of 10 (this set)\u003c\/strong\u003e - metal with mirror inlay. White stones set in a sunflower, mango paisley, kalash or deep shape. The most jewelled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePearl beaded velvet, 5 in, set of 6\u003c\/strong\u003e - craft board and velvet in red or pink, white pearl outer ring, mirrored centre. Soft to the touch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFloral pearl stonework, 4 in, set of 10\u003c\/strong\u003e - hand-painted pink and green florals between a pearl rim and a gold mirror centre. The most detailed painting of the four.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA centrepiece run down a dining table, a puja room shelf, a mantel, either side of a doorway, the steps at the entrance on Diwali night. Worth putting where people pass rather than where they only see them head-on, because the mirrors need movement to do their thing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe one to send when the gift needs to look like it cost something. Ten pieces split cleanly into five gifts of two, which makes the set useful for Diwali, Navratri and Golu return gifts. The kalash is a natural griha pravesh or Varalakshmi Vratam gift, and the deep suits Diwali and Karthigai Deepam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions people ask\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size tea light fits?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA standard 1.5 inch tea light, the size sold in bags at any grocery store, in all four designs. LED tea lights of the same size sit just as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I mix the designs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot within one set. Each set is ten of the one design you choose. If you want two shapes, two sets gives you twenty, and the kalash and deep look good alternating along a puja shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich design is the most traditional?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe deep and the kalash. Both are shapes used in puja itself, while the sunflower and paisley are decorative motifs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA soft dry cloth over the metal and a dry brush between the mirrors. No water and no spray cleaner - the stones are set with adhesive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the mirrors come loose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are set firmly, but this is handwork with adhesive, not machine setting. Store them flat rather than loose in a drawer and they will be fine for years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I float these in water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. These are iron under a gold polish, and standing water will work under the finish and cause rust. For floating diyas you want an urli bowl instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use them outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor an evening, yes - a covered porch or a still patio is fine. Bring them in overnight. Dew and sprinklers are what damage a gold polish, not the outdoors itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are these made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIndia, by hand. Small differences between pieces in a set are normal and are how you can tell handwork from a machine-pressed import.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order a larger quantity for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Sets like this go out for weddings, temple events and office Diwali parties fairly often. Message us with your date and rough numbers before you order ten sets and we will tell you what we can hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMore festive lighting in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/diwali-diyas-tlights\"\u003eT-Lights \u0026amp; Diwali Diyas\u003c\/a\u003e collection, and small-gift ideas in \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-return-gifts\"\u003eIndian Return Gifts\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Sunflower","offer_id":43573767143475,"sku":"UU-48","price":65.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Paisley Mango","offer_id":43573767176243,"sku":"UU-47","price":65.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Kalash","offer_id":45020599746611,"sku":"UU-56","price":65.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Deep","offer_id":45020599779379,"sku":"UU-57","price":65.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/diya-hero-1.jpg?v=1791534315"},{"product_id":"pearl-beaded-t-light-holders-set-of-6","title":"Pearl Beaded T-Light Holders Set of 6 - Red or Pink Velvet","description":"\u003cp\u003eSix flat velvet discs, five inches across, in red or pink, each ringed with white pearls and finished with a small mirrored well at the centre where the tea light sits. Soft to pick up, which is unusual for a diya.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of 6 t-light holders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose red or pink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 in diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e450 g for the set of 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: craft board with velvet fabric, pearl trim, mirrored centre\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlmost every diya you can buy is metal, and metal on a table is cold and bright. These are craft board wrapped in velvet with the pearls set into the edge by hand, so they sit quietly against a cloth rather than clattering on it. The mirrored centre does the reflecting that the metal would otherwise do. Buy these when the table already has enough gold on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour of our sets are flat decorative discs with a tea light well in the middle.\nThey photograph similarly and are not the same thing in the hand:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePearl jali, 4 in, set of 10\u003c\/strong\u003e - all metal. A pierced gold plate with a single\nrow of white pearls at the rim. The plainest and the lightest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunflower \u0026amp; paisley mirror, 4-4.5 in, set of 10\u003c\/strong\u003e - metal with mirror inlay.\nWhite stones set in a radiating sunburst, or a curved mango paisley. The most jewelled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePearl beaded velvet, 5 in, set of 6\u003c\/strong\u003e - craft board and velvet in red or pink,\nwhite pearl outer ring, mirrored centre. Soft to the touch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFloral pearl stonework, 4 in, set of 10\u003c\/strong\u003e - hand-painted pink and green florals\nbetween a pearl rim and a gold mirror centre. The most detailed painting of the four.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a tablecloth or a runner rather than bare wood, where the velvet has something to sit against. A puja aasan, a bedroom dresser, a mandap-side table at a wedding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSix pieces in one colour is a complete gift as it stands, and the velvet makes it feel less like a festival consumable and more like something kept.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions people ask\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShould I use a real flame or an LED tea light?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEither works, but we lean towards LED on this one. The base is a craft board with fabric, pearls and glued trim, and an LED tea light removes any question of heat or wax reaching them. If you do use a real tea light, keep it in its metal cup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDust it with a dry soft brush or cloth. Do not wash it and do not use any spray cleaner - the fabric, pearls and stonework are glued, and moisture will loosen them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the pearls real?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, they are pearl-finish beads set into the rim by hand. We would rather say so plainly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I mix red and pink in one order?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach set is six of the one colour. Order one of each if you want both - they look deliberate alternating around a rangoli.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the velvet fade?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIn direct sun over months, yes, as any dyed fabric will. Keep them out of a south-facing window when they are not in use and they will hold their colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use these outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe would not. Fabric, pearls and glued trim do not get on with dew or damp air. These are an indoor set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are these made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIndia, by hand. Small differences between pieces in a set are normal and are how you can tell handwork from a machine-pressed import.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order a larger quantity for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Sets like this go out for weddings, temple events and office Diwali parties fairly often. Message us with your date and rough numbers before you order six sets and we will tell you what we can hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMore festive lighting in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/diwali-diyas-tlights\"\u003eT-Lights \u0026amp; Diwali Diyas\u003c\/a\u003e collection, and small-gift ideas in \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-return-gifts\"\u003eIndian Return Gifts\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Red","offer_id":43574246932531,"sku":"pearlred","price":45.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":43574246965299,"sku":"pearlpink","price":45.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/pearlbeadeddiya4.jpg?v=1755141693"},{"product_id":"pichwai-cow-metal-trays-set-of-2","title":"Pichwai Cow Jars - Set of 2 Round Lidded Metal Jars, 4-Inch","description":"\u003cp\u003eTwo small round jars with domed lids and a faceted crystal knob on top, each carrying a Pichwai cow on the front. Four inches across and four tall - the size that sits on a shelf holding almonds, supari or nothing at all. Sold in matching pairs, in four colours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of 2 jars, both the same colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 inch diameter x 4 inches high, including the lid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 220 g per jar, 440 g (approx. 15.5 oz) for the set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIron with a coloured polish finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePichwai cow artwork applied as a laminated panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDomed lid with a faceted crystal knob\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice is per set of two - choose one colour above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat Pichwai is\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePichwai is the devotional painting tradition of Nathdwara in Rajasthan - cloth hangings made to hang behind the Shrinathji deity, in which the cow is never background but subject, garlanded and attended. Krishna there is the cowherd of Vrindavan, so the herd is inseparable from him. The artwork on these jars is taken from that idiom and applied as a laminated panel rather than painted on, which is what keeps it sharp at this size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy these\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are the cheapest thing in the range that still looks like a considered gift, which is why they go out fifty at a time. A pair in a box reads as a present; a single 4-inch jar does not. The bodies are iron with a coloured polish finish and the crystal knob is the detail that lifts them - it catches light on a shelf the way a plain lid would not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich colour\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed\u003c\/strong\u003e - the traditional festival colour, and the one most ordered for Diwali\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMint\u003c\/strong\u003e - the softest, and the one that suits a room with no other Indian decor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePink\u003c\/strong\u003e - warm rose, popular for weddings and baby showers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrange\u003c\/strong\u003e - marigold, the brightest of the four\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach set contains two jars of the same colour. If you want a spread of colours, order more than one set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere they work\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a pooja shelf for supari, elaichi or kumkum. On a console holding rings and earrings. On a coffee table with almonds or wrapped chocolates in them. Two of them on a mandir shelf either side of a deity is the arrangement customers photograph most.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a bulk return gift. Diwali, Golu, weddings, housewarmings, a Ganesh Chaturthi function - the pair-in-a-box format means one set per guest. They are also the piece people fill with dry fruit or sweets before giving, which is why the lid matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe with a dry cloth. Do not soak them, do not put them in a dishwasher, and keep water off the laminated artwork panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many jars do I get?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTwo, both in the colour you choose. The price is for the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put food in them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDry items on a liner - almonds, supari, wrapped sweets, dry fruit - are what people use them for. They are iron with a polish finish and a laminated print, not food-grade steel, so nothing wet, nothing oily, and no dishwasher.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the cow painted on by hand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. The Pichwai artwork is a laminated panel, which is why the line work is crisp at four inches. The colour finish on the body is applied over iron.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big are they really?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFour inches across and four tall - about the size of a small jam jar. 220 g each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the lids come off?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Domed lids with a faceted crystal knob, lifting clear off the body.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I mix colours in one order?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNot within a set - each set is two matching jars. Order several sets to get a spread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order these in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, and this is the piece we most often quote for. Email contact@urliutsav.com with your quantity and your date and we will confirm pricing and timing before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if one arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee more gifting pieces in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-return-gifts\"\u003eIndian Return Gifts\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Red","offer_id":43635431407667,"sku":"pichwai-red-set","price":22.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Mint","offer_id":43635431309363,"sku":"pichwai-mint-set","price":22.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":43635431505971,"sku":"pichwai-pink-set","price":22.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":43635431604275,"sku":"pichwai-orange-set","price":22.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/pichwaitray-bulkgifting.jpg?v=1758496562"},{"product_id":"moroccan-stained-glass-tealight-lantern","title":"Moroccan Stained Glass Lantern - Set of 2, Red \u0026 Blue","description":"\u003cp\u003eTwo hanging tealight lanterns, one red and one blue, in stained glass panels set into gold filigree metalwork. Ten inches tall, four across, 300 g each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo lanterns per set - one red glass, one blue glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 inches high, 4 inches across\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e300 g each, 600 g the pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStained glass panels in gold-tone filigree metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTakes a standard tealight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanging loop - hang or stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy a pair\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause one lantern is a lamp and two are a scheme. The set is deliberately one red and one blue rather than a matched pair - hung together at slightly different heights, or set at either end of a table, the two colours throw different light and the arrangement reads as intentional. A single lantern on its own tends to look like it lost its partner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat the light does\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the whole reason to buy a stained glass lantern rather than a plain one. With a tealight inside, the coloured panels throw patterned light onto whatever is behind them - a wall, a table, a porch ceiling. Unlit and in daylight they read as coloured glass and gold metal, which is a different and quieter object. Both are worth having; the lit version is the one people buy them for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere they go\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHung from a branch or a pergola over an outdoor table, which is where the thrown light is at its best. Either end of a mantel. On a hall console. Down the centre of a dining table at Diwali or Eid. On a porch step. Clustered with more of the same for a wedding or a sangeet - they are bought in multiples for exactly that.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA pair of lanterns is a good housewarming or Diwali gift because it works in any house and needs no matching. Tell us at checkout if you are sending it directly and we will leave the invoice out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many lanterns do I get?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTwo - one with red glass and one with blue, both in the same gold filigree metalwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use a real candle instead of a tealight?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA tealight in its own metal cup is what these are sized for. Do not put a taper or a pillar candle in - the glass sits close and there is no room for wax to pool safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use an LED tealight?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, and for a table with children or fabric around it we would suggest you do. A flickering LED gives you most of the effect through coloured glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan they stay outside?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor an evening on a covered porch or under a tree, yes. Not permanently - the metalwork is decorative rather than weatherproof and it will spot if it is rained on repeatedly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the glass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA dry or barely damp soft cloth on the outside. Do not soak them - water sitting in the channel where glass meets metal will lift the finish over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the two look identical apart from the colour?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nClose. The filigree is worked by hand, so small differences in the metalwork between the two are normal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I hang them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes - each has a loop at the top. Use fishing line or thin chain, and hang from something that will take the weight with a candle burning inside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph it, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several sets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes - these are ordered in multiples for weddings and events. Email contact@urliutsav.com with your quantity and date and we will quote you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Both lanterns travel individually wrapped in one fragile-marked box. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered. If you are ordering to a date, tell us at checkout and we will confirm the timing before we ship.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43664525361203,"sku":"Hanging-Moroccan-Lantern","price":45.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/red-blue-moroccan-lantern.jpg?v=1771095146"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/collections\/0Kukumbox.jpg?v=1788193810","url":"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/collections\/indian-return-gifts.oembed?page=4","provider":"Urli Utsav","version":"1.0","type":"link"}